Clarion University
of Pennsylvania
Clarion, Pennsylvania 16214-1232

Catalog Issue 1997-1999

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Accredited by:
American Library Association
Library Science Graduate Program
Council on Academic Accreditation of the American Speech-LanguageHearing Association
Communication Sciences and Disorders Graduate Program
International Association of Counseling Services, Inc.
Department of Counseling Services
Middle States Association of Colleges and Schools
National Council for Accreditation of Teacher Education
Approvals by:
American Bar Association
Legal Business Studies
Members of:
American Assembly of Collegiate Schools of Business
American Association of Colleges for Teacher Education
American Association of State Colleges and Universities
Council of Graduate Schools
Educational Associate of Institute of International Education

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Table of Contents
Academic Calendars . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . v i
General Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Graduate Study.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Biology-Master of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 5
Business-Master of Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 3
Communication-Master of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 1
Communication Sciences and Disorders-Master of Science. . 3 6
Education-Master of Education Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2
M.Ed. in Elementary Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 2
M.Ed. in Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 3
Reading Specialist Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 4
English-Master of Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4 8
Library Science-Master of Science in Library Science ........52
School Library Media Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4
Certificate of Advanced Studies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5 4
Mathematics-Master of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 1
Nursing-Master of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 4
Science Education-Master of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 1
Special Education-Master of Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7 8
Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 5
Graduate Faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8 6
Index . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 4

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Clarion University
Academic Calendar 1997-98
(Subject to change without notice)

Summer Sessions 1997
Session I: Pre-session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 12-May 30
Session I: Regular session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 9-July 11
Session II: Regular session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . July 14-August 15
Fall Semester 1997
Registration for day and evening classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, August 25
Classes begin 8 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, August 25
Labor Day holiday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, September 1
Midsemester break begins 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thursday, October 9
Midsemester break ends 8 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, October 13
Thanksgiving holiday begins 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tuesday, November 25
Thanksgiving holiday ends 8 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, December 1
Classes end 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, December 5
Reading day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saturday, December 6
Final examination period begins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, December 8
Final examination period ends 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, December 12
Semester ends 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, December 12
Winter Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saturday, December 13
Semester grades due from faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thursday, December 18
Spring Semester 1998
Martin Luther King, Jr. birthday observed . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, January 19
Registration for day and evening classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tuesday, January 20
Classes begin 8 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tuesday, January 20
Winter holiday begins 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, February 27
Winter holiday ends 8 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, March 9
Spring vacation begins 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wednesday, April 8
Spring vacation ends 8 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wednesday, April 15
Classes end 10 p.m.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, May 8
Reading day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saturday, May 9
Final examination period begins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, May 11
Final examination period ends 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, May 15
Semester ends 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, May 15
Spring Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saturday, May 16
Semester grades due from faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thursday, May 21
Summer Sessions 1998
Session I: Pre-session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 18-June 5
Session I: Regular session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 8-July 10
Session II: Regular session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . July 13-August 14

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Clarion University
Academic Calendar 1998-99
(Subject to change without notice)
Fall Semester 1998
Registration for day and evening classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, August 3 1
Classes begin 8 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, August 31
Labor Day holiday . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, September 7
Midsemester break begins 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thursday, October 1
Midsemester break ends 8 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, October 5
Thanksgiving holiday begins 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Tuesday, November 24
Thanksgiving holiday ends 8 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, November 30
Classes end 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, December 11
Reading day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saturday, December 12
Final examination period begins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, December 14
Final examination period ends 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, December 18
Semester ends 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, December 18
Winter Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saturday, December 19
Semester grades due from faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thursday, December 24
Spring Semester 1999
Martin Luther King, Jr. birthday observed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, January 18
Registration for day and evening classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, January 19
Classes begin 8 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, January 19
Winter holiday begins 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, February 26
Winter holiday ends 8 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, March 8
Spring vacation begins 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wednesday, March 31
Spring vacation ends 8 a.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Wednesday, April 7
Classes end 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, May 7
Reading day . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saturday, May 8
Final examination period begins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, May 10
Final examination period ends 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, May 14
Semester ends 10 p.m. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Friday, May 14
Spring Commencement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Saturday, May 15
Semester grades due from faculty . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Thursday, May 20
Summer Sessions 1999
Session I: Pre-session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . May 17-June 4
Session I: Regular session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . June 7-July 9
Session II: Regular session . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . July 12-August 13
Fall Semester 1999
Registration for day and evening classes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Monday, August 30

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

General Information
The University Mission
The mission of Clarion University is to provide a broad range of instructional programs,
including associate degree programs; upper-division courses for students who have obtained the first two years of post-secondary education elsewhere; baccalaureate degree
programs in the arts and sciences and applied fields, including teacher education; graduate programs in selected fields; and continuing education to meet the needs and interests
of citizens.
Clarion University is committed to seeking excellence in all areas of higher education
within its mission and to provide an environment which challenges students to develop
their talents, to extend their intellectual capacities and interests, to expand their creative
abilities, and to develop a life-long respect and enthusiasm for learning. The university is
dedicated to helping students see in themselves what they may become, assisting them
with an opportunity to develop the knowledge, skills, and attitudes required for entrance
into a variety of careers and for participation in a free society as enlightened citizens capable of making wise and responsible choices.
In meeting its commitments, the university recognizes its responsibility to admit and retain qualified and enterprising students; to secure and maintain highly qualified and dedicated faculty and staff; to provide an intellectual and social climate conducive to the fullest
development of students, to strive for inspired teaching and effective courses of study; to
maintain high academic and professional standards for students, faculty, and staff; to provide classrooms, libraries, laboratories, and other facilities necessary to support high quality undergraduate and graduate programs; to encourage students and faculty to contribute
to new knowledge through research activities; and to provide community and public service programs which are responsive to the needs of society and consistent with the responsibilities and mission of the university.
Approved by the Council of Trustees on 9/17/86

Graduate Studies Mission
Clarion University recognizes the role that a high quality graduate program plays in
maintaining excellence in the institution. The opportunity to work with graduate students,
the challenge to remain at the forefront in the discipline, and the stimulus resulting from
research all contribute to the recruitment, development, and retention of a concerned, productive faculty. Clarion University shall maintain a graduate program which supports the
goals of the university.

Non-Discrimination Statement
It is the policy of Clarion University of Pennsylvania that there shall be equal opportunity in all of its educational programs, services, and benefits, and there shall be no discrimination with regard to a student’s or prospective student’s race, color, religion, sex,
national origin, disability, age, sexual orientation/affection, veteran status, or other classifications that are protected under Title IX of the Education Amendments of 1972, Section
504 of the Rehabilitation Act of 1973, the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990, and
other pertinent state and federal laws and regulations. Direct equal opportunity inquiries

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

2

General Information

to: Assistant to the President for Social Equity, 207 Carrier Administration Building, Clarion, PA 16214-1232, (814) 226-2000; and direct inquiries regarding services or facilities
accessibility to 504/ADA Coordinator (Assistant Director for Social Equity) 207 Carrier
Administration Building, Clarion, PA 16214-1232, (814) 226-2000; (or to the Director of
the Office for Civil Rights, Department of Education, 330 Independence Avenue, SW,
Washington, DC 20201).

Clarion Campus
Now well into its second century of service to the people of Pennsylvania, Clarion University has successively been Carrier Seminary, a state normal school, a state teachers’ college, a state college, and beginning July 1, 1983, a university in the State System of Higher
Education. Each phase of this development has marked a stage in the continuing effort of
the institution to respond to the educational needs and aspirations of increasing numbers
of students.
Today, Clarion University is a multi-purpose institution with an enrollment of approximately 6,000 students offering associate degrees in five areas; more than 70 baccalaureate
programs leading to degrees in the arts, fine arts, nursing, and sciences; and 12 graduate
programs leading to the master’s degrees in the arts, business administration, education, library science, nursing, and sciences.
The main campus of the university contains 99 acres and 43 buildings, the majority of
which were constructed within the past 20 years. Beyond the main campus, situated at the
west end of the town of Clarion, is a 27-acre athletic complex with football, baseball, and
practice fields and Memorial Stadium, seating 5,000 spectators. The university is within
the Borough of Clarion some two miles north of Interstate 80 at Exits 9 and 10 and is approximately two and one half hours’ driving time from the urban centers of Pittsburgh,
Erie, and Youngstown. High on the Allegheny Plateau overlooking the Clarion River, the
rural setting is in the midst of one of Pennsylvania’s most scenic resort areas. The rolling
wooded countryside, interspersed with small farms, affords some of the most enjoyable
outdoor activities to be found anywhere in Northwestern Pennsylvania, and the Clarion
River provides an excellent setting for summer boating, swimming, and aquatic sports.
Among facilities supporting programs at Clarion University are the Carlson and Suhr
Libraries; the George R. Lewis Center for Computing Services operating Digital Equipment Corporation computers and associated equipment; several microcomputer laboratories; a planetarium; modem science laboratories having excellent instrumentation;
well-equipped support areas for special education and speech pathology and audiology; a
modem business administration building; technologically equipped classrooms for library
science; radio and television studios and experimental audio-visual facilities in the Department of Communication; and a writing center, tutorial services, and a counseling center to assist students who can benefit from these services.

Venango Campus
Venango Campus of Clarion University, established in 1961, was the first branch campus in the Pennsylvania State System of Higher Education. Located in Oil City, Venango
Campus is scenically situated on 62 acres surrounded by heavily wooded foothills overlooking the Allegheny River.
Venango Campus is appropriate for students who prefer the atmosphere of a small campus with its capacity for providing individual attention for each student and for permitting
and encouraging varied student initiated activities.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

General Information

3

Venango Campus offers programs for both part-time and full-time students. Students
may study for one of six associate degrees in arts and sciences, business administration
(with concentrations in accounting, general business, office management, or computer
processing), legal business studies, nursing, rehabilitative services, and certified occupational therapy assistant*. Students may also complete the first two years of study toward a
bachelor’s degree in nursing.
*The Clarion University occupational therapy assistant program is in a development
mode, and is currently not an accredited program. The program is presently involved with
procedures outlined by the Accreditation Committee of AOTA and is seeking accreditation
status. This process incorporates a time span of two years, and at the end of the time frame
AOTA can either grant or deny accreditation status.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Graduate Study at
Clarion University
Eligibility for Admission
Individuals seeking regular full admission to a graduate program must meet the minimum admission requirements for the College of Graduate Studies and any additional requirements of the program. To meet the minimum requirements for admission to the
College of Graduate Studies an applicant must provide evidence of:
0 A bachelor’s degree or its equivalent from an acceptably accredited college or university. Individuals who have not yet completed the baccalaureate degree may submit transcripts for course work completed, along with application materials. Final
transcripts noting the completion of the degree will be required.
0 A minimum quality-point average of 2.75/4.00 at the undergraduate level. Some programs require a higher undergraduate quality-point average. Please review the program admission requirements listed elsewhere in this catalog.
Individuals not meeting the quality-point average requirement of a graduate program
may be eligible for regular admission when the lower quality-point average is evaluated in
terms of supplementary factors, including letters of reference, examination scores on such
instruments as the Graduate Record Examination, Graduate Management Admission Test,
and/or the Miller Analogies Test, or achievement in graduate level course work.
Information regarding the Miller Analogies Test, the Graduate Record Examination
(GRE) and the Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) may be obtained from the
College of Graduate Studies.
Applicants should refer to the admission requirements of specific programs as listed in
this bulletin.

Categories of Admission
Admitted applicants will be classified in one of the following categories of admission.

Regular Full Admission
Individuals meeting all of the admission requirements for a graduate program shall be
granted regular full admission status. Only individuals with regular full admission status
are eligible for graduate assistantships. Individuals must achieve regular full admission
status before they graduate.

Provisional Admission
Individuals not meeting all of the admission requirements for a graduate program may
be admitted on a provisional basis. In such cases, admission will be based upon specific
conditions that the student must meet in order to be reclassified as regular full admission.
Individuals admitted on a provisional basis are not eligible for graduate assistantships. Individuals admitted on a provisional basis are not guaranteed regular full admission status.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Graduate Study

5

Courtesy/Transient Admission
A graduate student from another institution may enroll for graduate courses at Clarion
University on a courtesy basis if he or she intends to transfer the credit for the course to
another institution. Information about courtesy admission may be obtained from the College of Graduate Studies.

Non-Degree Status Admission
Occasionally individuals will want to engage in graduate study without formally entering a graduate program. Such individuals should apply for a non-degree admission status
at the time of application. All admission requirements must be met. Individuals remaining
in this status may not receive a graduate degree. Courses taken while a person is in this
status will be identified as non-degree on the student’s transcript. The non-degree student
who, after taking courses in non-degree status determines to seek a graduate degree, must
be formally admitted to a graduate degree program under regular admission procedures.
Graduate programs may or may not accept courses taken while a student is in non-degree
status. No program may accept more than nine credits taken in non-degree status. Applicants admitted on a non-degree basis are not guaranteed regular full admission status. Certain course restrictions may apply for non-degree students.

Admission Procedures
Application forms and information about graduate programs may be obtained by writing to:
College of Graduate Studies
Clarion University of PA
Carrier Administration Building
Clarion, PA 16214-1232
Routine admission policy requires that all graduate applicants submit:
1. a completed application form;
2. official transcripts issued from colleges or universities in sealed envelopes of all undergraduate and graduate work (partial transcripts are acceptable, but evidence of a
degree must be submitted before a student may enroll in classes);
*3. three current letters of reference; and
4. a $25 non-refundable application fee.
Some graduate programs require additional information or procedures.
*May not be required of non-degree students.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

6

Graduate Study

Admission Application Deadlines for Regular,
Provisional, Transient, and Non-Degree Admissions
The following deadlines apply to graduate applicants.*
Communication Sciences and Disorders applicants: February 15-last date to complete an
application file for upcoming academic year.
MSN applicants-last date to complete an application file are
Fall:
Spring:
Summer:

July 1
November 1
April 15

Other programs
Fall:
Spring:
Summer:

August 1
December 1
May 1
June 1

last date to
last date to
last date to
Summer I
last date to
Summer II

complete an application tile
complete an application file
complete an application tile for
complete an application file for

*International students must complete an application file at least four months prior to
the term applicant wishes to begin study. See section below on “Admission of International
Students.”

Admission of International Students
Clarion University welcomes international students to its campus and has an Office of
International Programs to assist students from other countries in achieving a successful educational experience at Clarion. International students may write to:
Office of International Programs
Clarion University of Pennsylvania
174 Carlson
Clarion, PA 16214-1232 U.S.A.
International students seeking admission to the Graduate College should follow directions specified for all students under “Admission and Degree Requirements.” In addition,
the international student applicant must satisfy the following requirements:
1. Submit his or her application for admission at least four months prior to the term in
which he or she wishes to begin study at Clarion.
2. Demonstrate English language proficiency. Acceptable evidence of proficiency is successful completion of Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) with a score of
550 (600 required for the program in communication, biology, and communication sciences and disorders); or satisfactory completion of a bachelor’s degree from an accredited U.S. college or university. Additionally, communication sciences and disorders
requires a score of 200 on the Test of Spoken English (TSE). Other evidence may be
approved by the Graduate College, such as affirmation of proficiency by a Clarion faculty member, other individual, or organization known to Clarion University.
3. Furnish evidence of adequate financial support on Affidavit of Support form. The applicant must provide an official statement from an authorized bank certifying that suf-

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Graduate Study

7

ficient funds are available to the student to cover costs of university fees and general
living expenses for one academic year of study in the United States. Immigration and
Naturalization form I-20 will not be issued until the international applicant has submitted the required evidence of financial support.
4. Carry a full program of studies (at least nine semester hours) upon admission and matriculation. The United States Immigration and Naturalization Service regulations require that students holding an “F” or “J” visa carry a full program of study.
5. Be covered by an insurance plan. Due to the high cost of health care in the United
States, it is for the benefit of all international students that they are required to have
some type of health insurance coverage. If you do not already have some type of coverage when you arrive at Clarion, you must enroll in a plan immediately. The Office of
International Programs has information on several available insurance plans. For further information on insurance, please contact the Office of International Programs.

Academic Policies and Procedures
Good Academic Standing
All graduate students are expected to remain in good academic standing by maintaining
a cumulative quality-point average of 3.00/4.00 and earning no more than six semester
hours of “C” or lower grades in graduate courses.
Students who do not maintain a cumulative quality-point average of 3.00/4.00 and/or
who earn more than six hours of credit with grades below a “B” are automatically placed
on probation. A student placed on probation must return to “good academic standing”
through grades earned in course work during the next semester or summer session in
which he or she enrolls. A student may be removed from probation by:
A. Taking additional courses in his or her program and earning grades sufficient to
raise the cumulative average to 3.00/4.00 or above. This single measure may be
sufficient unless the student has more than six semester hours of “C” grades.
B. Repeating courses in which the original grade is less than “B”. A repeat course grade
will replace the original grade for quality-point calculations. A maximum of six semester hours of credit may be repeated. Library science students receiving a grade of
less than “B” in two courses are disqualified as a candidate in that degree program.
Failure to meet this requirement will result in the student being dropped from the graduate program in which he or she is enrolled.
A student placed on probation automatically loses his or her graduate assistantship. A
reapplication for an assistantship will be required once he or she has returned to “good
academic standing.”

Transfer of Credit
Some graduate programs allow students to transfer credit for graduate courses taken at
other accredited institutions. It is university policy that no more than 30 percent of the total
credits for a degree may be transfer credits. Courses transferred must be certified as graduate level on the transcript and must have a grade of “B” or better. Transfer credit course
grades are not computed in the Clarion quality-point average.
Courses already credited toward an earned degree may not be used for a second degree.
Correspondence course credits are not accepted for transfer. Course credit will not be
transferred until the course has been evaluated and approved. A student currently enrolled

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

8

Graduate Study

in a degree program at Clarion who wishes to take a course at another institution for transfer to Clarion should obtain prior approval from his or her advisor and department chair.
Transfer credit forms are available in the Graduate Studies office.

Residency
Seventy percent of all credits required for completion of a graduate degree must be
earned in course work offered by Clarion University. All graduate degree programs require
a minimum of 30 semester hours of credit. Individual programs may require more than 30
semester hours.

Timeliness of Enrollment and Completion of Degree
It is expected that an applicant admitted to graduate study will enroll for course work at
once. Students who do not enroll at Clarion for graduate courses in programs to which they
are admitted within 12 months following admission may be required to reapply before they
can enroll. Information about eligibility to enroll in classes may be obtained from the
Graduate College.
A degree must be completed within six years from the date of initial enrollment. Extensions may be allowed only by approval of the department chair, dean of the college in
which the student’s program resides, and the dean of the College of Graduate Studies.

Full-Time Status
A graduate student enrolled in nine semester hours of course work in a term is considered a full-time student.

400-Level Courses
Not all 400-level courses can be taken for graduate credit. Students should consult with
graduate program coordinators or their advisors to determine 400-level courses that have
been approved for graduate credit. The maximum number of 400-level courses accepted
toward degree requirements varies among the graduate programs. See specific program
descriptions and requirements.

Withdrawals
All class withdrawals must be made through the Office of the Registrar. Classes from
which a student withdraws during the period of drop/add will not appear on his or her
record. Withdrawals between the end of the second and ninth weeks may be made without
penalty. After the beginning of the tenth week of a semester or the second half of a summer session, a course from which a student withdraws shall be finally reported with a
grade of “E.” Exceptions may be made for withdrawals due to extenuating circumstances
such as illness or some other unavoidable occurrence.
If a student is on probation at the time of withdrawal from all classes and the withdrawal
is after the twelfth week of the semester, he or she will not be permitted to return for the
following semester unless the withdrawal is based on extenuating circumstances.
If a withdrawal is not made through the Office of the Registrar, a failing grade will be
recorded for the affected course(s).
Any student who withdraws from the university either during or at the end of a semester
must notify the Office of the Registrar of his or her intention to withdraw and the reason for
withdrawal. This is necessary for completion of the student’s permanent record. Failure to
comply with this regulation will constitute an unofficial withdrawal and may affect the student’s chances of future readmission or his or her obtaining an honorable dismissal.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Graduate Study

9

Grading System
A excellent
B
good
C satisfactory
D poor
E failure
CX credit by examination
IP in progress

Inc
P
W
WX
Z
AU

indicates incomplete work
passing
indicates withdrawal from a course
indicates withdrawal from the university
grade not submitted (Temporary)
audit

Auditing Courses
With the permission of the instructor, interested persons may audit courses if there is
space available in the course from the first day of class and up until the end of the drop/add
period. Students must declare their intentions in writing to the Office of the Registrar prior
to the end of the drop/add period. Laboratory courses may not be taken as an audit. Students who enroll in a course for credit may change to an audit grade only during the
drop/add period. Likewise, students who enroll in a course to audit may only change to
credit during this same period.

Incomplete Grades
The “I” grade may be used when a student has completed the major portion of the requirements for a given course, but for reasons beyond expected control, such as illness or
family emergency, cannot complete all requirements. An incomplete is used also for research
or problems courses where projects necessarily extend beyond the termination of the semester or session. Normally, incomplete grades must be removed by the end of the first semester subsequent to the awarding of the incomplete. Extensions may be granted if the instructor
awarding the incomplete deems that more time is necessary to fulfill course requirements.
Research and thesis incomplete grades normally continue beyond one semester.
An incomplete that is not converted to a final grade by the end of the semester following its issuance and is not approved for extension by the instructor becomes a failing grade.
No one may be cleared for graduation with “I” grades on record.

In Progress Grades
The grade “IP” is given for thesis work and/or courses at the graduate level that might
take more than a semester for completion. The grade “IP” is given only when the work in
a course extends beyond the semester or term. It implies satisfactory performance. The
grade “IP” will not alter the quality point average of the student since hours attempted,
hours earned, and quality points earned will be entered in cumulative totals. The “IP”
grade shall remain on the student’s transcript until the instructor submits a grade.

Advisement
Upon admission to a graduate program, a student is assigned an advisor. The advisor
will assist the student in planning an individual program and in maintaining progress
within the program.

Research, Theses, and Comprehensive Examinations
Research, theses and/or comprehensive examination requirements are established by the
individual graduate programs within the university. The student should refer to the section
of this catalog presenting specific programs to determine exact requirements.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

10

Graduate Study

Student Responsibility for Academic Requirements
Provisions in the Clarion graduate catalog cannot be considered an irrevocable contract
between the university and the student.
The university makes every effort to keep information in the catalog current. It must reserve the right, however, to amend any academic, administrative, or disciplinary policies
or regulations and to update fees or service charges described in this catalog without prior
notice to persons affected.
Students are held responsible for reading and understanding the academic, administrative, and disciplinary policies or regulations and for understanding the general education
requirements as published in the catalog when they matriculate. They are held responsible
for the requirements of a major in effect at the time they officially declare a major. If students change majors, they are responsible for the requirements of the major in effect when
they officially change majors.
Requirements for graduation as well as those for various curricula and degree programs
may change after students matriculate at Clarion. Such changes will not be retroactive, although students will have the option to elect to meet the new program requirements, if desired. Exceptions may be necessary when changes in professional certification or licensure
standards mandate such changes in requirements or programs.

Fees for Graduate Study
All fees are subject to change without notice. Unless otherwise noted, all payments must
be made by check or money order drawn to the Clarion University of Pennsylvania or CU.

Summary of Fees (Per Semester)

III.

IV.
V.
VI.
VII.
VIII.
Ix.

X.

APPLICATION FEE (non-refundable) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $25.00
BASIC GRADUATE FEES (subject to change without notice)
Pennsylvania residents:
Full-time (9-15 credits) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$1,684.00
Each additional credit over 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $187.00
Part-time (fewer than 9 credits)
Percredit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..$187.00
Non-Pennsylvania residents:
Full-time (9-15 credits) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .$3,027.00
Each additional credit over 15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $ 3 3 6 . 0 0
Part-time (fewer than 9 credits)
Per credit . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..$336.00
RESIDENCE HALL AND DINING FEES
Residence and dining (double room and standard meal plan) . . . . . . . . . . $1,584.00
All residence hall students must pay for both residence hall and dining
Dining only (standard 19-meal plan) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $654.00
INSTRUCTIONAL SUPPORT FEE
This fee is a percentage of the tuition charge:
PA Resident-10% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Non-PA Resident-5.56%
HEALTH CENTER FEE
This fee is a percentage of the tuition charge:
PA Resident-3.9% . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Non-PA Resident-2.17%
STUDENT CENTER FEE
This fee is a percentage of the tuition charge:
PA Resident-6.6%; Non-PA Resident-3.67%
LATE FEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..$25.00
A late fee will be assessed to students who have not paid in full or have not made appropriate
arrangements for payment by registration day.
THESIS BINDING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $44.70
Minimum three copies @ approximately $14.90 per copy.
Final cost may vary. Payment to be made when thesis submitted to Graduate Office for binding.
STUDENT ACTIVITY FEE
All students with six or more credits are required to pay a Student Activity Fee assessed as follows:
$21.25
l-8 credits:
9 or more credits:
$42.50
TRANSCRIPTFEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ..$3.00
One graduate transcript is issued free of charge. The charge for the second and subsequent transcripts
is $3.00 each.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Graduate Study

11

XI. CAREER SERVICES CREDENTIALS FEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $10.00
A one-time fee to establish a credentials file. For processing each credential request
to employers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $3.00
XII. GRADUATION FEE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . $15.00
A graduation fee is charged to each graduating student.

Refund Policies
Basic Fees, University Residence Hall,
Dining Charges, and Student Activity Fee
Refunds are not granted on an automatic basis. A student eligible for a partial refund of
basic fees and residence hall charges must officially withdraw from the university through
the Registrar’s Office, located in 122 Carrier Administration Building. Refunds of 100%
are granted only if student withdraws by the end of the first day of the semester. There is
no refund for the late fee.
Partial refunds approved for payment are based upon percentage of the fees paid. The
following schedule applies to both full-time and part-time students.
SEMESTER WITHDRAWALS
1st and 2nd weeks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90% refund
3rd and 4th weeks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 50% refund
5th through 8th week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25% refund
. refund
After 8th week . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .0%

For refund purposes, a “week” is defined as each five consecutive days university
classes are in session.

Policy Related to Returned Checks
It is the student’s responsibility to assure that funds are available when a check is presented for payment at his or her bank. If a check is returned for insufficient funds, the student will be notified that the check is uncollectible. He or she will then be required to pay
the original amount plus a $25 late registration fee and a $10 penalty for handling the uncollectible check. Payments made in redeeming an uncollectible check and paying the related late fee and penalty must be by certified check or money order within 10 days of
notification or the student will not be permitted to attend classes.

Graduate Student Support Services
Graduate Assistantships
Each year a limited number of graduate assistantships are awarded to individuals with
regular full admission status to a graduate program. Graduate assistants work 10 or 20
hours a week in assignments related to academic programs or university-wide service.
They are paid an hourly stipend and receive a tuition waiver for up to 15 credits a semester. There are no summer assistantships.
Recipients of a graduate assistantship must take at least 6 credits a semester, perform assigned duties in a satisfactory manner, and remain in good academic standing.
Students wishing to apply for a graduate assistantship should contact the College of
Graduate Studies or their individual departments.

Financial Aid
In addition to graduate assistantships, the following financial aid may be available to
graduate students.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

12

Graduate Study

Loans
FEDERAL PERKINS LOAN PROGRAM-To be eligible for consideration for this 5%
loan, a student must complete an application form, have a current FAFSA form on file in
the Office of Financial Aid, be a citizen of the United States or have declared his or her
intention to obtain citizenship, and be enrolled or accepted for enrollment as a student.
These loans, which are non-interest bearing while a student is enrolled, are available to
a maximum of $1,500 each year.
FEDERAL STAFFORD LOAN PROGRAM-Loans with a cap of 8.25% interest are
generally available from local banks and savings and loans associations. Loans are for a
maximum of $8,500 per academic year, with an overall limit of $65,000 for graduate and
undergraduate loans. Loans are based on need, which must be demonstrated through an approved need analysis system. Our approved form is the FAFSA application.

Veterans
Clarion University is approved to offer training under the various GI bills. Students who
are entitled under one of these bills should contact the veterans counselor immediately
after being accepted for admission to the university in order to secure additional instruction. This procedure is necessary so veterans may be included on the monthly payroll. The
university veterans counselor is located in the Office of Financial Aid, 104 Egbert Hall,
814-226-2315.

University Libraries
The university libraries, comprised of Carlson Library on the Clarion Campus and Suhr
Library on the Venango Campus, offer graduate students a broad collection of resources
and services to support classwork and research. In addition to over 350,000 print volumes,
the university libraries provide electronic indexing and full-text access to thousands of periodicals, newspapers, and reference sources in a wide range of subject areas. Interlibrary
loan service further enables users to expand their research, and library instruction sessions
are scheduled each term to help students become adept at finding and using information.

Computing Services
The George R. Lewis Center for Computing Services, located on the ground floor of
Still Hall, is the site of Clarion University’s central computing system which utilizes a Digital Equipment Corporation VAX cluster consisting of two model 6460 CPUs. Telephone
registration is handled by a VOCOM Model 40 voice communication system. The library
service is supported by a GEAC 8000 computer system. Computing Services supports 12
general student access labs located in various buildings across the Clarion and Venango
Campuses.
All students have access to Internet e-mail and the capability to create their own web
pages. Academic services for instruction and research include the following computer languages and packages: COBOL, FORTRAN, BASIC, PASCAL, RPG, TSP, SAS, ADA, C,
VAX Assembler. and business simulations.

Student Health Service
The Keeling Health Center provides health services and wellness promotion to the student community of Clarion University. The health center is located at the northwest corner of the campus near Givan Hall. A highly credentialed staff, including contracted

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Graduate Study

13

physicians, a certified registered nurse practitioner, and registered nurses certified in college health provide specialized student health services. Operating hours are announced at
the beginning of each semester and designed to accommodate the needs of the student population. After-hour and emergency services are available from a variety of community
providers.
Health issues are approached holistically, taking into consideration individual physical,
spiritual, environmental, social, intellectual, occupational, and emotional issues. Specific
services available through the health center include: physical examinations, immunizations, allergy injections, medication, pregnancy testing, treatment of minor illnesses and
injuries, education, and referral to appropriate community resources. Specific service offerings are evaluated on an ongoing basis.
An auxiliary support fee assessed at the beginning of each semester provides for an unlimited number of visits to the health center. There may be additional charges for any medications or procedures associated with the visit. Students are strongly encouraged to
contact their primary insurance carrier to determine the conditions and limitations, if any,
on medical treatment away from home.

Student Health Insurance
The health center fee which students are assessed applies only to treatment and services
at Keeling Health Center. Diagnosis, treatment, services, or facilities not available at the
health center, but required due to an illness or accident, are the financial responsibility of
the student. These would include, but are not limited to, x-rays, ambulance, emergency
room treatment, setting and casting breaks, and hospitalizations. Without insurance, the
cost involved could jeopardize a student’s ability to continue his or her education. Therefore, if the students are not covered by parental or their own medical insurance, we
strongly urge that such coverage be secured. In addition, university policy requires that
students have medical insurance coverage to be eligible for participation in university
sanctioned, sponsored, and/or approved activities. The assumption is that when students
participate in such activities they are covered by medical insurance and proof of coverage
can be produced upon the university’s request.
An accident and sickness insurance plan is available to all Clarion University students.
For further information on this plan, contact the Student Affairs Office, 222 Egbert Hall,
Clarion University, Clarion, PA 16214-1232, telephone 814-226-2351.
Due to the high cost of health care in the United States, it is for the benefit of all international students that they are required to have some type of health insurance coverage.
If you do not already have some type of coverage when you arrive at Clarion, you must
enroll in a plan immediately. The Office of International Programs has information on several comprehensive insurance plans. For further information on insurance, please contact
the Office of International Programs.

Housing
Limited housing for graduate students is available in the university-supervised residence halls. For information, students should contact the Office of Residence Life, 228 Egbert Hall, telephone 814-226-2352.
Any arrangements for housing in the community is a business relationship between a
student and the householder. The Office of Residence Life maintains a limited listing of
available housing in the community, but the university does not approve or make recommendations related to private off-campus housing accommodations.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

14

Graduate Study

Parking and Automobile Regulations
All provisions of the Vehicle Code of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania as supplemented by parking regulations issued by the chancellor, State System of Higher Education,
and Clarion University, will be strictly enforced on the Clarion University Campus. Authority for such enforcement rests with the director of public safety. Persons failing to pay
fines will be reported to the district magistrate, and upon conviction will be subject to
penalties provided by law.
All persons who possess, maintain, or operate a motor vehicle on campus (between 7:30
a.m. and 4:30 p.m.) are required to register such vehicle with the Department of Public
Safety. Registering a vehicle does not guarantee a parking space.
1. Persons qualifying for campus parking privileges will be issued a tag indicating that
this privilege has been granted and will be assigned to a specific parking area.
2. Any person who intends to operate a vehicle on campus after the date on which permits
are required must register the vehicle within 24 hours with the Office of the Director of
Public Safety. Motor vehicles must be registered even when their use is intermittent
rather than regular.

Career Services
The Office of Career Services is a centralized career development office serving all
Clarion University students and alumni. Individual assistance, programs, and resources are
provided to help students: (1) make informed career and educational decisions, (2) prepare
for the job search, and (3) begin the transition from campus to career.
Since career planning is a continuous process, students are encouraged to make Career
Services an integral part of their entire university experience. The services are designed to
educate and guide students through the career planning process: discovering abilities and
interests, exploring educational and career options, making decisions, planning activities
to progress toward desired goals, implementing a job search, or applying to additional
graduate programs.
For those initiating a job search, Career Services provides a credentials service; on-campus recruiting by employers; individual counseling for students with job search concerns;
a career library of employer and graduate school information; technology for developing
job search materials; the “Careerline” newsletter; job search workshops; an individualized
resume service; a mock interview program; job fairs; job bulletins; and a job netline.
Information on the post-graduation activities of Clarion’s graduates is available upon request from the Office of Career Services.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Master of Science Degree
in Biology
College of Arts and Sciences
Graduate Faculty
Professors: W. Barnes, W. Belzer, P. Dalby, K. Eggleton, R. McPherson, K. Mechling, T. Morrow, M. Ritter, E.
Zielinski; Associate Professors: L. Bering, S. Harris; Assistant Professors: W. Jetkiewicz, D. Smith, C. Williams

Program Objectives
The primary objectives of the Master of Science program in biology are to:
0 Prepare professional biologists.
0 Prepare individuals for leadership roles in environmental, educational, and laboratory-oriented science.
l

Prepare biologists for research-oriented careers.

l

Prepare individuals for further graduate work.

A candidate for the Master of Science program in biology may concentrate in one of
several areas of emphasis including: physiology, ecology, behavior genetics, microbiology,
immunology, molecular biology, and systematics.

Definition of Terms
Departmental Graduate Committee-Committee which reviews all applications for admission to the M.S. in Biology Program and makes recommendations to the department
concerning admission of students and the existence of deficiencies.
Graduate Program Coordinator-A designated advisor in the Department of Biology
who meets all new graduate students and assists them in planning their first semester program of courses and/or recommends them to major advisors when desirable.
Major Advisor-A member of the graduate faculty who accepts a student for counseling and advisement during his or her course work and research and in the presentation and
defense of his or her thesis.
Graduate Research Committee-A committee of at least three members selected from
the graduate faculty to aid the student in determining a course of study and to prepare, administer, and grade the student’s comprehensive exam and thesis. The student’s major advisor will chair this committee.

Admission Requirements
College of Graduate Studies admission requirements apply with the following addition:
0 Applicants must submit the Department of Biology’s preliminary application
form and Graduate Record Exam (GRE) general test scores.
Full admission status will be granted to applicants who have a bachelor’s degree in biology and a 2.75 overall quality-point average (QPA) on a 4.0 scale. Applicants are expected to have completed the equivalent of the Clarion University undergraduate biology
requirements in chemistry, mathematics, and physics, as well as one year of general biol-

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

16

Biology

ogy, and one semester each of cell biology, genetics, and ecology. Any deficiencies will be
noted in the acceptance letter, and the student will be required to remove them by exam or
by taking the course(s) as soon as possible.
Provisional admission status may be granted to applicants who have an overall QPA less
than 2.75 and/or a bachelor’s degree in a major other than biology. An applicant admitted
to provisional status may be admitted to full status after completing nine semester hours
of graduate study with an A or B grade in each course and removal of all deficiencies.

Degree Requirements
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation, the student must:
0 Remove all academic deficiencies in a manner acceptable to the Department of Biology as recommended by the student’s major advisor and graduate research committee.
0 Complete a minimum of 30 semester hours, including 24 hours in required courses
with a minimum QPA of 3.0/4.0, and a minimum of six hours of Biology 700. Students must take two Biology 500 Seminar courses, one of which must be in a subject
area outside their research emphasis. Seminar courses are included in the minimum
course hour total.
0 Pass a written comprehensive examination after completing 18 credits with a cumulative QPA of not less than 3.0. At least three subject areas in biology and/or disciplines relevant to the student’s course of study, chosen in agreement by the major
advisor, graduate research committee, and the student, must be included in the comprehensive examination. A student who fails the comprehensive examination may retake it once by agreement with the major advisor and graduate research committee.
Failure of the comprehensive examination for a second time will result in dismissal
from the graduate program.
l

Conduct an original independent study and submit a written thesis. A written prospectus of the research must be approved by the candidate’s graduate committee before research is initiated, usually at or before the close of the second semester in residence.
When a preliminary draft of the thesis is judged by the major advisor to be suitable, the
candidate will provide each member of his or her committee with a copy of the preliminary draft. The date of the oral thesis defense must be announced to the general college faculty at least two weeks prior to the defense. The defense will be conducted by
the graduate research committee, which will report its approval or disapproval along
with recommended revisions. At least five copies of the final draft of the thesis shall be
prepared by the student, who will deliver them to the major advisor who will obtain the
appropriate signatures and deliver the copies to the Office of Graduate Studies. A binding fee will be charged to the student by the Office of Graduate Studies.

Only 400, 500, 600, and 700-level courses can be taken for graduate credit. No more
than six semester hours of approved 400-level courses taken for graduate credit may count
toward the master’s degree (see below).

Placement
A great need for good professional biologists exists at the present, and should continue
into the foreseeable future. Projections for the 1990s by both industry and federal government sources indicate that the need for life scientists and health workers should increase.
The need for individuals with additional or more specialized training than required for a

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Biology

17

B.A. or B.S. degree is increasing. Placement of past graduates of the program has been excellent in teaching and research; federal, state, and local government; private industry;
medical technology; dentistry; optometry; and doctoral and specialist programs.

Graduate Assistantships
A limited number of graduate assistantships and/or research assistantships are available.
Departmental graduate assistants are assigned to assist in laboratory supervision in the undergraduate program in biology. Research assistants generally work on a grant-funded project directed by a faculty member. Graduate assistants must have full admission status.
All applicants for graduate assistantships must first complete the regular admission procedure and submit the application for a graduate assistantship to the Department of Biology. Applicants for graduate teaching assistantships must request that their referees
include in their three letters of recommendation a statement concerning the student’s potential as a laboratory assistant.
All new applicants for graduate assistantships will be required to complete an interview
prior to appointment. Graduate assistantships are usually renewable for two years if the
student has made reasonable progress toward the degree (see below).
New applicants for graduate assistantships must submit completed applications no later
than April 1.5; appointments are usually made by May 1 of each year. Continuing students
must submit an assistantship application packet by April 1.

Advisement
Before course work is begun, the admitted student should meet with the graduate program
coordinator or assigned major advisor for orientation and assistance in planning the first semester program. The student should initiate the selection of a major advisor and a graduate
committee during the first semester at Clarion. The student and the graduate committee shall
develop an academic research program leading to the M.S. degree. The student will be responsible for scheduling a Graduate Committee meeting once per semester to evaluate
progress toward the completion of the program. Minutes of the graduate meetings will be
recorded by the major advisor and will become a part of the student’s permanent tile.
A minimum of nine credits per semester is considered a full load for graduate students.
Twelve semester hours (three credits per session) is a maximum load during the summer
sessions. Exceptions may be authorized by the dean of the College of Graduate Studies
upon recommendation by the Department of Biology acting upon a written petition by the
student.
It is the candidate’s responsibility to file, with the aid of his or her major advisor, an Application for Graduation prior to the published deadline during the semester in which he or
she intends to graduate.

Courses
Courses may be taken from any curriculum in the Graduate Catalog. Students are encouraged to go outside the Department of Biology for courses if their program goals and
career interests will be benefited as determined by their graduate research committee.
While students can, and frequently do, take undergraduate courses at all levels of instruction, only 400, 500,600, and 700-level courses can be taken for graduate credit. No
more than six semester hours of 400-level courses may count toward the master’s degree.
The 400-level courses which may count toward the master’s degree are BIOL 420, 424,
460,461,462,464,470,471,472, CHEM 453, and CHEM 463.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

18

Biology

Reasonable Progress Toward Degree
It is the expectation of the Biology Department that the first priority of all full-time graduate students is the completion of the requirements of the master of science degree in a
timely manner. Reasonable progress toward completion of the degree will be determined by
the student’s major advisor and graduate research committee. At a minimum reasonable
progress will include: (1) submission and tentative approval of the research prospectus by
the student’s major advisor and graduate research committee by the end of the second semester in residence; (2) maintaining a minimum QPA of 3.0 in all course work attempted;
(3) holding graduate research committee meetings once per semester; and (4) attempting the
comprehensive examination after completing 18 semester hours. Students who are applying for a second year of support as a departmental graduate assistant must submit evidence
of relevant degree progress to the departmental graduate committee that includes documentation of the criteria listed above in addition to evidence that professional duties associated with the current year’s assistantship have been completed in a satisfactory manner.

Physical Facilities
The Department of Biology is located in the Peirce Science Center, a teaching and research four-story building. This facility is well supplied with sophisticated equipment and
instrumentation necessary for studying the many facets of biology. In addition, the department also maintains continually expanding herbarium and vertebrate biology collections, animal and aquarium rooms, an environmental chamber room, a cell culture
laboratory, and a greenhouse located adjacent to the building. A recently renovated molecular biology/biotechnology laboratory provides research support for students in these
growth areas. Field work is conducted on land owned by the university adjacent to the
campus or on the huge expanse of state, federal, or privately-owned land/waters in close
proximity to the university. Ecologically interesting areas within a 100-mile radius of the
campus include the Jennings Nature Preserve, Allegheny National Forest, Cook Forest
State Park, Tionesta Scenic Area, Heart’s Content Scenic Area, Presque Isle State Park,
Power Mill Nature Reserve, and the Pymatuning region.

Pymatuning Laboratory of Ecology
Because of a unique cooperative program with the University of Pittsburgh, Clarion
University is able to offer an outstanding program of studies in ecology. Courses are taken
at Clarion Campus during the academic year. In the summer, an excellent academic program is offered at the Pymatuning Laboratory of Ecology, a unit of the University of Pittsburgh. Classes are taught and research is directed by members of both institutions. The
laboratory is located approximately one and one-half hours northwest of Clarion on the
shores of the Pymatuning Reservoir.
The teaching and research facilities of the field laboratory are on a site within a wildlife
sanctuary and propagation area managed by the Pennsylvania Game Commission. A hatchery of the Pennsylvania Fish Commission is adjacent to these facilities. The housing and
dining area for the laboratory is located three miles away, on the public portion of the Pymatuning Reservoir. A waterfront area is available for recreational use by students and staff.

Release of Data from M.S. Thesis-Publication Policy
Publications resulting from research done at Clarion University shall give credit to persons involved in the research, to Clarion University, and to any granting agencies which
supported the research.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Biology

19

Biology Courses
BIOL 420:
VERTEBRATE BIOLOGY AND SYSTEMATICS
3 s.h.
A survey course dealing with the various aspects of classification, evolutionary relationships, morphology, zoogeography, ethology, ecology, and physiology of vertebrates, with special reference to those from Pennsylvania. Prerequisites: BIOL 155/156 and BIOL 202 or permission of the instructor. Spring, odd-numbered years.
3 s.h.
BIOL 424:
FRESHWATER ICHTHYOLOGY
A study of the classification, evolutionary relationships, distribution, morphology, ethology, ecology, and physiology of fishes. Lab exercises emphasize the identification of families and species of fish from the Eastern United
States, with emphasis on Pennsylvania forms. Pennsylvania fishing license required. Two lectures and three lab
hours weekly. Fall, even-numbered years.
BIOL 460:
3 s.h.
COMPARATIVE VERTEBRATE ANATOMY
This course traces the most important trends in the evolution of basic structures in vertebrate lines and conveys
an appreciation of how the mammals came to possess the combination of characters that make this group unique.
Two lectures and three laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 155/156. Spring, even-numbered years.
BIOL 461:
VERTEBRATE EMBRYOLOGY
3 s.h.
A descriptive study of the development of vertebrates, including early processes and the formation of organ systems. Two lectures and three laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisite: One year of biology. Spring, odd-numbered
years.
BIOL 464:
DEVELOPMENTAL BIOLOGY
3 s.h.
A study of the major processes in development and their underlying mechanism. Includes a descriptive study and
mechanisms such as differentiation, induction, and morphogenesis. Materials deal primarily with animal development. Two lectures and three laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 155/156, 201, and General Chemistry.
Fall, annually.
BIOL 470:
ANIMAL ECOLOGY
3 s.h.
A course dealing with the interrelationships of animals and their environment, including physical and biological
factors. Discussions and investigations will include animal distribution, predator-prey interactions, competition,
species diversity, energetics, population, and community organization. Field and laboratory studies included. Prerequisite: BIOL 202. Spring, even-numbered years.
BIOL 471:
PLANT ECOLOGY
3 s.h.
An in-depth approach to the interaction of plants with the physical and biotic environments at population, community, ecosystem, and landscape scales. Lecture and discussion will focus on current topics in plant ecology such
as disturbance, succession, herbivory, dispersal, competition, and environmental stress. Laboratory will include
field-based experimental and descriptive investigations of plant populations and communities. Two hours
lecture/discussion and three laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisite: BIOL 202. On demand.
BIOL 500:
GRADUATE SEMINAR
1-2 s.h.
A survey of current literature, concepts, and theories from selected fields of biology. Two discussion hours
weekly. By arrangement.
BIOL 502:
EXPERIMENTAL DESIGNS IN BIOLOGY
3 s.h.
Collection and presentation of biological data. Presents fundamental aspects of designing experiments with emphasis on applications to the biological research. Applications to graduate research currently in progress in the Department of Biology are incorporated. Three lecture hours per week.
BIOL 503:
SPECIAL TOPICS IN BIOLOGY
1-4 s.h.
Semi-independent studies of topical material under the guidance of the instructor. Maximum credit allowable toward graduation: nine semester hours. Prerequisites: permission of instructor and the student’s graduate committee.
BIOL 520:
TERRESTRIAL BOTANY
3 s.h.
A field course emphasizing the identification, distribution, and ecology of upland vascular plants of Western
Pennsylvania. Field and laboratory projects will focus on plant characteristics, taxonomic relations, floristics, habitat relationship, inventory methods, and plant community description and dynamics. (Pymatuning)
BIOL 521:
AQUATIC ENTOMOLOGY
3 s.h.
Emphasis in this course is on identification of the major groups of invertebrates playing a role in natural communities and on the methods of quantifying their relative importance in the community. (Pymatuning)
BIOL 522:
AQUATIC BOTANY
3 s.h.
Study of freshwater algae and aquatic vascular plants in field communities, methods of quantifying relative numbers and mass, and structural and physiological adaptations to the aquatic environment. (Pymatuning)
BIOL 523:
EXPERIMENTAL VERTEBRATE ECOLOGY
3 s.h.
Designed to give knowledge of basic field identification, capture techniques, quantification, and natural history
of some of the common vertebrates of Pennsylvania. (Pymatuning)

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

20

Biology

4 s.h.
BIOL 524:
MICROBIAL PHYSIOLOGY
A study of the physiological reaction involved in the growth, reproduction, and death of microbes. Consideration
is placed upon the metabolism of carbohydrates, proteins: vitamins, and fats. Enzymes, oxidation-reduction potentials, energy relationships, membrane potentials, and nutrients are considered. Prerequisites: General Microbiology
and Biochemistry or permission of instructor. Two hours of lecture and four hours of lab per week.
3 s.h.
BIOL 525:
FISHERIES BIOLOGY
Ecology of fish populations, including identification, age and growth, populations estimation and analysis, food
habits, environmental requirements, and management considerations. Prerequisites: Environmental Biology or permission of instructor. Three hours lecture per week. Laboratory sessions held on Saturdays. Student must possess a
valid Pennsylvania fishing license.
3 s.h.
BIOL 526:
FIELD ICHTHYOLOGY
A field course dealing with the interrelationships of fish with their biotic and abiotic environment. Fish in their
natural habitats, pollution, and improvements of aquatic habitats, and applied aspects of fish ecology and fishery
management will be studied. (Pymatuning). Student must possess a valid Pennsylvania fishing license.
PLANT TAXONOMY AND FIELD BOTANY
3 s.h.
BIOL 527:
A field-based course emphasizing the identification, classification, distribution, and evolutionary relationships of
vascular plants with particular emphasis on the flora of Western Pennsylvania and adjacent regions. Two hours lecture and three hours laboratory or field work weekly. Prerequisite: BIOL 155/156; BIOL 202 is highly recommended. Fall, odd-numbered years.
VIROLOGY
3 s.h.
BIOL 543:
A study of plant, animal, and bacterial viruses, including the biochemistry of viruses and viral life cycles, techniques in the study of viruses in relation to diseases, tumors, and cancer. Prerequisites: Microbiology or Biochemistry or permission of instructor. Three hours lecture per week.
4 s.h.
BIOL 544:
IMMUNOLOGY
A study of cellular immunology, immunochemistry, and immunogenetics, with emphasis on the physiology of immune responses. Prerequisite: Permission of instructor. Three hours lecture and three hours lab per week.
4 s.h.
BIOL 546:
PATHOGENIC MICROBIOLOGY
A study of the bacteria, fungi, and viruses which cause human disease. Laboratory emphasis is on isolation and
identification of pathogens and on elementary immunology. Two lectures and four laboratory hours weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 341. Spring, annually.
4 s.h.
CELL PHYSIOLOGY
BIOL 550:
The study of the molecular dynamics of eukaryotic cells. The material deals specifically with eukaryotic cells.
Major topics include functional and structural organization of the cell, molecular regulation of cell function, and the
cell as a biochemical transducer. Graduate students taking the course must complete an assigned class project. Two
lecture sessions and four laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites: Completion of BIOL 155/156, 201, 203, and
CHEM 254 or permission of the instructor.
l-3 s.h.
ADVANCED ANIMAL PHYSIOLOGY
BIOL 55 1:
A detailed treatment of fundamental concepts and techniques of animal physiology. Includes literature reviews
and individual investigations. Two hours lecture and three hours lab per week.
3 s.h.
ADVANCED PLANT PHYSIOLOGY
BIOL 552:
Life processes and responses of plants to the environment. Topics include water relations, transpiration, translocation, photosynthesis, respiration, metabolism, plant hormones and morphogenesis, photoperiodism, temperature
responses, environmental and stress physiology. Two lectures and three hours laboratory weekly. Prerequisites:
BIOL 201,203, and CHEM 254. Spring, odd-numbered years.
3 s.h.
ENDOCRINOLOGY
BIOL 555:
A survey of the chemical and physiological principles of hormonal integrations in animals. Three lecture hours
per week.
3 s.h.
ENTOMOLOGY
BIOL 556:
A general study of insects, including structure, physiology, classification, economic importance, and relationships.
Two lectures and three hours of laboratory or field work weekly. Fall, odd-numbered years.
3 s.h.
BIOL 563:
BEHAVIORAL ECOLOGY
An examination of the behavior of animals in relation to their natural environment with emphasis on the functioning of patterns of behavior in nature, intraspecific communication and social organization, behavioral relationships between species, and the regulation of behavior by the environment. (Pymatuning)
6 s.h.
HABITAT ECOLOGY-AQUATIC
BIOL 571:
A detailed examination is made of the structure and functioning of selected aquatic ecosystems. Emphasis is
placed on the interrelationships of functioning systems. (3 credits at Pymatuning)

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Biology

21

TERRESTRIAL COMMUNITY ECOLOGY
6 s.h.
BIOL 572:
A study of the composition, distribution, and dynamics of plants and animals in selected terrestrial communities.
Major biomes to be included will be grassland, deciduous forest, coniferous forest, and tundra. Summers only: six
weeks. (3 credits at Pymatuning)
FRESHWATER ECOLOGY
BIOL 573:
A field oriented study of the physics, chemistry, and biology of standing and flowing inland waters.

3 s.h.

ECOLOGY OF AQUATIC INSECTS
3 s.h.
BIOL 574:
Examination of the ecological adaptations of aquatic insects with special emphasis on morphology, habitat, and
trophic relationships. (Pymatuning)
EXPERIMENTAL ECOLOGY
3 s.h.
BIOL 575:
Study of designs suitable for investigation of natural populations and communities stressing statistical analysis,
and the logical control of experiments in natural situations. (Pymatuning)
BIOL 576:
FUNGAL ECOLOGY
3 s.h.
Emphasis will be on the role of fungi in the decomposition of organic materials in terrestrial and aquatic communities, and the recycling of mineral nutrients. (Pymatuning)
FOREST ECOLOGY
3 s.h.
BIOL 577:
Study of the composition, methods of analysis, development, and manipulation of forests in the United States.
Emphasis is placed on methods of studying forest composition and development. (Pymatuning)
3 s.h.
BIOL 578:
BIOME STUDIES
A travel-study program which offers opportunities for study in the various biomes, e.g., grasslands, montane,
seashore, etc. Summers only. Prerequisites: Environmental Biology or permission of instructor.
ALPINE ECOLOGY
3 s.h.
BIOL 579:
Students travel to the Beartooth Mountains in northern Wyoming where they may undertake field studies of
aquatic and terrestrial communities along an altitudinal transect. Permission to ‘register granted on an individual
basis. (Students will share cost of travel and food. Tents and cooking facilities will be provided.) (Pymatuning)
BIOL 581:
MICROBIAL GENETICS
3 s.h.
A study of bacterial and viral genetics with emphasis upon mutation, mutant selection, gene action, recombination genetic mapping, gene regulation, and recombinant DNA technology. Laboratory sessions are on an arranged
basis. Prerequisite: permission of instructor. Two lecture and three lab hours per week.
EVOLUTION
3 s.h.
BIOL 582:
A study of the principles of evolution and its links with areas of biology. Topics to include the history of evolutionary thought, species concepts and speciation processes, phylogenetic patterns and their reconstruction, diversity
of life, and the mechanisms of evolution. Completion of core curricula in biology or equivalent is required. Spring,
even-numbered years.
MOLECULAR BIOLOGY
4 s.h.
BIOL 583:
The study of the structural and functional relationships of the major biological macro-molecules, with emphasis
on nucleic acid biology. Current systems, methods, and applications of biotechnology, including recombinant DNA
techniques, will be emphasized in the laboratory. Two lectures and three laboratory hours weekly. Spring, annually.
4 s.h.
BIOL 585:
BIOTECHNOLOGY
Advanced topics in the current systems, methods, and applications of recombinant DNA and protein biotechnology. Three hours lecture/discussion and three hours lab each week. Prerequisite: BIOL 483/583 or consent of instructor. Spring, annually.
BIOL 59 1:
BIOGEOGRAPHY
3 s.h.
The subject matter covers aspects of the distribution of plants and animals. Main topics of concern include interpretive approaches to biogeography, paleobiogeographic evidence of past distributions, the centers of origin of various groups, mechanisms and routes of dispersal and colonization, and the dynamics of extinction. Prerequisites:
BIOL 202 and 203.
3 s.h.
BIOL 592:
ETHOLOGY
A study of the biological concepts of animal behavior. An investigation of topics such as sensory receptors, internal mechanisms, genetics, learning and habituation, social organization, and communication. Laboratory exercises involve techniques of observation and experiments in animal behavior. Two hours lecture and three hours lab
or field work per week.
COMMUNITY AND ECOSYSTEM DYNAMICS
4 s.h.
BIOL 593:
An in-depth approach to the structure, function, and dynamics of ecological systems at community, ecosystem,
and landscape scales. Lecture and discussion will focus on currant topics such as niche theory, the regulation of community structure, food webs, ecological stability, diversity, succession, and energy and material cycles. Laboratory
will emphasize field-based descriptive and investigative studies of local communities and ecosystems. Three hours
lecture and three hours lab weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 202 or equivalent is required. A basic statistics course is
highly desirable. Fall, even-numbered years.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

22

Biology

BIOL 594:
POPULATION BIOLOGY
4 s.h.
This course deals with the empirical, experimental, and theoretical aspects of the structure, growth, and evolution
of biological populations. The course will take a holistic approach to how population genetics and population ecology interact to produce observed population structure and dynamics. Three hours lecture/discussion and three lab
hours weekly. Prerequisites: BIOL 202, MATH 260, or permission of the instructor. Spring, odd-numbered years.
BIOL 600:
By permission.

SPECIAL PROBLEMS IN BIOLOGY

BIOL 700:

RESEARCH AND THESIS

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

l-3 s.h.
minimum of 6 s.h.

Master of Business Administration
College of Business Administration
Graduate Faculty
Professors: R. Balough, W. Campbell, S. Chen, J. Eicher, S. Ewedemi, L. Felicetti, W. Fulmer, B. Garland, J.
Grunenwald, P. Kim, T. Oliver, J. Pesek, C. Pineno, A. Que, J. Reed, W. Ross, W. Sanders, S. Sohng, W. Stine, T.
Stuhldreher, K. Traynor, M. VanLandingham, T. Wilson, C. Yang, W. Yeaney; Associate Professors: C. Anderson,
J. Eichlin, C. Farinacci, M. Haggerty, T. Johns, L. Quesenberry, L. Smith, Assistant Professor: G. Bish

Program Objectives
The major objective is to provide a basic core of knowledge about various theories,
techniques, and practices of administering business activities and problem solving. In addition, candidates for the degree have an opportunity for in-depth study in a particular area
of interest. Specific objectives are to prepare candidates for:
0 positions in middle management with private and public organizations;
0 teaching positions in community colleges;
0 enrollment in doctoral programs in business administration.
The program is designed for candidates with undergraduate degrees in fields other than
business administration as well as graduates of business degree programs. Graduate courses
are offered in the evening to facilitate attendance of employed or part-time students.

Admission Requirements
College of Graduate Studies admission requirements apply with the following additions:
0 Students must submit official scores on the Graduate Management Admissions Test
(GMAT).
0 Applicants currently employed should include references from both professors and/or
employers among the three letters of reference.

Course Requirements for Graduates
A. Foundation Courses
At least 39 credit hours of undergraduate courses or their equivalents must be completed
with a grade of “C” or better to meet the undergraduate “common body of knowledge” that
makes up the foundation courses requisite for the M.B.A. degree. Foundation requirements
may be satisfied by course work at Clarion or other approved institutions. They may also
be satisfied by the Advanced Placement--Credit By Exam option (refer to Undergraduate
Catalog). Foundation requirements must be completed within the first 1.5 hours of graduate work. The following are the foundation courses:
ECON 212 or 310: Microeconomics*
ECON 211 or 311: Macroeconomics*
CIS 110: Computer Information Processing
ACTG 251: Financial Accounting
ACTG 252: Managerial Accounting
ECON 221: Economic and Business Statistics I
ECON 222: Economic and Business Statistics II

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Business Administration

24

BSAD 240: Legal Environment I
MGMT 320: Management Theory and Practice
MKTG 360: Principles of Marketing
FIN 370: Financial Management
MATH 232: Calculus for Business
MGMT 425: Production Management
*Entering students who are deficient in the economics area of the common body of knowledge are strongly recommended to take the intermediate sequence in lieu of principles.

B. Core Courses
The following courses (24 semester hours) are required of all M.B.A. candidates:
ACTG 552: Management Accounting
ECON 5 10: Advanced Managerial Economics
ECON 603: Quantitative Analysis for Business Decisions
FIN 570: Managerial Finance
MKTG 560: Marketing Decision Making
MGMT 521: Organization Structure and Behavior
MGMT 626: Production/Operations Management
BSAD 690: Administration and Business Policy

Students may petition to substitute another graduate-level course for a core course. Students who have majored in the discipline covered by the M.B.A. core course may be required to substitute another graduate-level course. The criteria are that: (a) the student has
taken at least 15 credits in that field and (b) the student possesses the knowledge to be
gained in the core course. Course substitution requires the recommendation of the M.B.A.
director in counsel with the department chair in question. Evidence such as competency
testing may be required, especially for the use of non-business courses.

C. Electives
In addition to the M.B.A. core, all students will complete the balance of 33 credits of
graduate course work from the following courses, subject to the offering of those courses
and the approval of the M.B.A. director/advisor.
ACTG 451,452,453,454,455,461,463,490,499,554,650,652,653
CIS 402,403,462
BSAD 601,637,699
ECON
410,423,470,490,570,600,611,612,699
FIN 471,476,480,671,676
MGMT
420,423,483,485,486,621,622,625,650
MKTG 460,461,465,468,562,604,661

A maximum of three hours of approved 400-level courses, taken for graduate credit,
may be used as electives. A maximum of nine graduate credit hours toward the 33 required
for the M.B.A. may be transferred from accredited graduate programs with the approval
of the M.B.A. program director and the department chair of the course for which transfer
credit is sought. No graduate credit is granted for correspondence courses.
All students will be expected to complete the computer foundation course in the first semester at Clarion. Students with this foundation, but from schools other than Clarion, will
be expected to attend a workshop during the first semester that introduces them to the Clarion computing facilities. Fundamental computer literacy will be assumed in graduate
course work.

Performance Requirements
Students who earn more than six hours of graduate credit at Clarion with a grade of C
or earn any credits with grades below “C” and/or fall below a 3.00/4.00 graduate overall
quality-point average (QPA) are automatically placed on probation. Students whose QPA

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Business Administration

25

in the foundation courses falls below a 3.00/4.00 are also placed on probation. Students
placed on probation must achieve satisfactory academic standing within one semester of
registration or be removed from the program. All prerequisite (undergraduate) courses for
a given course must be completed prior to taking that course.
MGMT 521 and ECON 603 must be taken before completing 12 hours of graduate
course work, and BSAD 690 must be taken during the last semester of graduate course
work. ECON 603 and ECON 510 are prerequisites for MGMT 626. The maximum time
for completion of the degree program is six calendar years from the date of first enrollment.

Specialized Options
Students pursuing the M.B.A. degree may enroll in the PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANCY COURSE OF STUDY. Clarion University undergraduate students may also apply
for this course of study, and upon completion will have received both the Bachelor of Science in Business Administration and the Master of Business Administration degrees. Only
those students whose career aspirations require the highest discipline in accounting expertise are advised to apply for this course of study. The sequence of 164 total semester hours
of course work, including 36 s.h. of graduate course work, is designed to prepare students
for entry into the practice of professional accountancy as prescribed by the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants. Entrance into the Professional Accountancy course
of study will normally occur upon admission to the M.B.A. Program or, for undergraduates, during the student’s junior year upon formal approval of the Department of Accountancy chair. Entrance into this program for undergraduate students does not ensure
admission into the M.B.A. program upon completion of the bachelor’s degree. Interested
students should contact the Department of Accountancy chair for details and options.
The College of Business Administration, in conjunction with the College of Arts and
Sciences, offers a LIBERAL ARTS PRE-PROFESSIONAL MBA OPTION. Undergraduate foundation course requirements in business administration may be taken concurrently
with a liberal arts major, giving students many of the courses prerequisite to the M.B.A.
Program prior to graduation. Undergraduates interested in this program should contact
their liberal arts advisor for details and requirements.
Students wishing to pursue the PROFESSIONAL ACCOUNTANCY or the LIBERAL
ARTS PRE-PROFESSIONAL options must follow the normal M.B.A. admission procedures. Admission to one of these options does not guarantee admission to, nor completion
of, the M.B.A. degree.

Placement
Graduate students are encouraged to use the services of the University Career Services
Office. Graduates often obtain positions with banks, manufacturing concerns, accounting
firms, other business and industrial organizations, hospitals, and government agencies.

Graduate Assistantships
Graduate assistantships are available to qualified M.B.A. students. Awarded competitively, they cover some or all basic tuition expenses and provide a stipend. They also may
furnish additional opportunity for close work with graduate faculty on a variety of research
projects. Applications for assistantships are available in the M.B.A. Office.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

26

Business Administration

Advisement
All graduate students are assigned an advisor upon admission. Students must obtain the
signature of their advisor when registering for courses, changing schedules, on any special
requests for course substitutions, independent study, individualized instruction, internship,
or special problems courses.

Physical Facilities
The College of Business Administration is housed in Dana S. Still Hall. This modem
facility contains its own microcomputer lab with about 30 personal computers and eight
VAX terminals providing access to the university’s DEC VAX systems and Internet, as
well as a local network for PC applications. Graduate student offices in Still are also PC
equipped with access to the mainframe computers.
There is a Reading Center for business students in Still Hall, and the university library
is situated only one block away.

Accounting Courses
ACTG 45 1:
ACCOUNTING PROBLEMS
3 s.h.
A problem-oriented study of topics most often tested on the CPA exam. Included are inventory methods, longterm contracts, partnerships, leases, consignments, installment sales, receiverships, fiduciary accounting, and government accounting. Preparations for the practice portion CPA exam are emphasized. Prerequisite: ACTG 355. Each
semester.
3 s.h.
ACTG 452:
ADVANCED COST ACCOUNTING
A study of advanced concepts of cost accounting as a means of providing useful quantitative information for decision making. Topics include inventory valuation, cost allocations, joint-product and by-product costs, process costing, accounting systems, profit center costs, and segment performance measuring. Prerequisites: ACTG 352. Each
semester.
3 s.h.
ACTG 453:
PROBLEMS IN FEDERAL TAXATION ACCOUNTING
Federal income tax concepts and compliance problems of partnerships, corporations, estates, and trusts. Also a
brief consideration of the concepts of social security, estate, and gift taxation. Prerequisites: ACTG 353. Each semester.
3 s.h.
ACTG 454:
COMPARATIVE ACCOUNTING SYSTEMS
The major objective of the course is to help the student to develop a holistic approach to the concepts and practices for the examination and exploration of accounting systems. Specialized accounting systems will be discussed
in detail dependent upon the interest and desires of students. Prerequisites: ACTG 251. 252. 350. 351. CIS 223 and
301. Each semester.
3 s.h.
ACTG 455:
NOT FOR PROFIT ENTITIES
A study of the principles and practices of budgeting and accounting for activities of entities that are operated for
purposes other than making profits. Prerequisite: ACTG 351. Each semester.
3 s.h.
ACTG 461:
INTERNATIONAL ACCOUNTING
The theory, practice, procedures, and issues of accounting in representative foreign countries, including important
differences between domestic and international accounting. The international issues of currency translation, inflation, financial reporting, standards including auditing, and taxation will be considered. Prerequisites: ACTG 351.
Each semester.
3 s.h.
ACTG 463:
TAX PLANNING
A survey course to acquaint the student with tax planning techniques which can be used to accomplish an individual’s financial goals. An understanding of financial position, cash flow and income, gift and estate tax matters
enables the student to suggest actions that fit the individual’s financial priorities. Prerequisite: ACTG 353. Once annually.
3 s.h.
ACTG 490:
CURRENT ACCOUNTING PRONOUNCEMENTS AND PRACTICE
A research study of current Financial Accounting Standards Board statements of standards, interpretations, concepts, exposure drafts, and discussion memorandums. The internship experience and completed term paper will be
discussed and integrated with the pronouncements. Prerequisite: COOP 420: Accounting internship. Spring Semester.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Business Administration

27

ACTG 499:
SPECIAL TOPICS IN ACCOUNTING
3 s.h.
Various current topics affecting accounting practice and theory will be presented. Different topics will be covered
from year to year as subjects of importance are identified. Prerequisite: ACTG 35 1 or consent of the instructor. On
demand.
3 s.h.
ACTG 552:
MANAGEMENT ACCOUNTING
A graduate course for non-accounting majors which deals with the application of concepts and tools of accounting analysis necessary for planning, control, and decision-making functions of national and multinational organizations. Topics include financial statement analysis and interpretation, budgeting, standards, and forecasting.
Prerequisites: ACTG 251 and ACTG 252.
ADVANCED AUDITING
3 s.h.
ACTG 554:
An advanced study of current topics in auditing. The course is intended to develop more complex issues than those
encountered in an introductory auditing course. Topics include current audit influences, special problems with audit
reports, SEC practice, computer auditing, and related topics. Prerequisite: ACTG 354 (or its equivalent).
3 s.h.
ACTG 650:
THEORY OF ACCOUNTS
A study of past and contemporary accounting theories. The course is concerned with the historical development
of accounting-and its evolution to present times. Present-day accounting concepts are critically examined from the
standpoint of how well they serve the needs of those who use the products of accounting. Prerequisite: ACTG 351
or its equivalent or permission of the instructor.
3 s.h.
ACTG 652:
ADVANCED COST AND MANAGERIAL ACCOUNTING
A study of complex problems in cost accounting. Use of cost accounting as a tool for managerial control is emphasized. Prerequisite: ACTG 352 or its equivalent or permission of the instructor.
ACTG 653:
FEDERAL TAX RESEARCH AND PRACTICE
3 s.h.
A study of federal tax law emphasizing the underlying philosophy of the law. Research procedures and techniques
in the handling of complicated problems in tax practice and tax planning will be set forth. Prerequisite: ACTG 453
or its equivalent or permission of the instructor.

Business Administration Courses
BSAD 601:
INFORMATION SYSTEMS ANALYSIS
3 s.h.
A study of various types of information systems, with the primary focus being on computer-based systems for
business organizations. Emphasis is on the development, management, and appraisal of information systems.
BSAD 637:
MULTINATIONAL BUSINESS SEMINAR
3-6 s.h.
This course incorporates an established program involving a consortium of American universities called the “International Business Seminar.” The program involves a variety of trips to different nations for meetings with toplevel executives of various organizations. The program is supplemented with a series of meetings with the instructors
both prior to and after returning from the trios. Individual assignments are made. and a text which includes topical
materials is provided. The assignments are of a graduate level calibre, and are expected to produce presentable
and/or publishable papers. Participation in seminars is expected to be at the graduate level. Should the student take
this course for six credits, additional research will be required such that the student would be able to demonstrate
graduate-level competency in one select area of international business. The area chosen will be mutually acceptable
to both the instructor and the student, and the instructor will guide the student’s research efforts. Prerequisite:
MGMT 320 and MGMT 521.
BSAD 690:
ADMINISTRATION AND BUSINESS POLICY
3 s.h.
Organizational goal achievement through the interaction of administrative processes is analyzed with a concentration on technology and structure in a variety of environments. A case study approach which incorporates comparisons and contrasts between businesses of various nations. Taken last M.B.A. semester and after all foundation
courses.
BSAD 699:

SPECIAL PROBLEMS
l-3 s.h.
(l-3 s.h. per enrollment; maximum of 6 s.h.)
A thorough study of a business topic selected by the student from his or her area of major interest. It may take the
form of research, readings, practical on-site applications, or a combination of these. Findings must be presented in
a written pap-x which the student may be required to defend orally before a committee of graduate faculty and/or
graduate students. Prerequisites: One or more graduate courses in the area from which the special project is selected,
and consent of the student’s advisor.

Economics Courses
ECON 410:
MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
3 s.h.
Use of economic analysis in the formulation of business policies. Decision theory and criteria for decision making by the firm: output and “Scale” decisions; linear programming; profits. production functions. and cost functions:
competitive equilibrium (industry and firm); demand theory pricing policies, capital budgeting, and investment; uncertainty; inventory management. Prerequisites: ECON 222, 310, and ACTG 252. On demand. Note: Cannot be
taken for credit after the completion of ECON 510.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

28

Business Administration

ECON 423:
STATISTICAL TOOLS FOR QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS
3 s.h.
Application of the statistical methods of probability, sampling, estimation, analysis of variance, regression, and
correlation in the areas of economics and business. Prerequisites: ECON 222. Spring, biennially. Note: Cannot be
taken for credit after the completion of ECON 603.
ECON 470:
BUSINESS CYCLES AND FORECASTING
3 s.h.
Theories of business fluctuations; applications of modem income theory to business cycles; examination of business cycle indicators and forecasting techniques. Prerequisite: ECON 2 11 and ECON 222. Spring, annually. Note:
Cannot be taken for credit after the completion of ECON 570.
ECON 490:
HISTORY OF ECONOMIC THOUGHT
3 s.h.
Development of economic ideas from ancient times to the present. Emphasis upon the period from Adam Smith
onward. Considers the economic and political environment in which ideas emerged as well as the leading economists advancing or defending the ideas. Prerequisite: ECON 211 and 212 and senior standing. Spring, annually.
ECON 510:
ADVANCED MANAGERIAL ECONOMICS
3 s.h.
This course will focus on the development and practical application of theoretical and quantitative techniques to
business decision-making, including international applications. Optimization techniques draw on the student’s
knowledge of economics, mathematics, and statistics through modeling and the use of computer statistical packages.
Prerequisite: Microeconomics foundation course, ECON 222, MATH 232.
ECON 570:
ECONOMIC AND BUSINESS FORECASTING
3 s.h.
An advanced study of forecasting techniques and business conditions analysis. Topics include: economic indicator analysis, classical time series components, econometric forecasting techniques, exponential smoothing models,
and ARIMA models. Emphasis is placed on model development and evaluation using prewritten computer forecasting routines. Prerequisites: ECON 222 and macroeconomics foundation course.
ECON 600:
INDEPENDENT STUDY
3 s.h.
An opportunity for the graduate student to investigate in depth a facet of economics not covered by course offerings. The topic of study and course requirements must be approved by the Department of Economics chair, and the
work must be supervised by a faculty member. Prerequisites: ECON 603. ECON 510 or ECON 611. and other requirements as deemed appropriate by the faculty supervisor.
ECON 603:
QUANTITATIVE ANALYSIS FOR BUSINESS DECISIONS
3 s.h.
Quantitative techniques and models which can be used for solving many of the problems that arise in business,
in&ding simple and multiple regression analysis, experimental design analysis of variance, nonparametric tests,
time series, decision theory. and inventory models. Opportunity is provided for students to become familiar with the
use of several computer statistical software package’s: Applications include domestic and international situations.
Prerequisites: ECON 222, MATH 232, CIS 110.
ECON 611:
ADVANCED MICROECONOMIC ANALYSIS FOR BUSINESS DECISIONS 3 s.h.
An advanced study of the logical and mathematical development of microeconomic theories and the application
of economic models to business problems. Major areas of study include demand theory. market models. welfare economics, and general equilibrium’ analysis. Prerequisite: Microeconomics foundation course.
ECON 612:
ADVANCED MACROECONOMIC ANALYSIS
3 s.h.
An advanced study and analytical development of macroeconomic theory. Major areas include national income
accounts, aggregate income determination models, monetary aggregates, and macro dynamics. Prerequisite: Macroeconomics foundation course.
ECON 699:
SPECIAL TOPICS
3 s.h.
An opportunity for students to investigate specific topics or current issues on the graduate level. Prerequisites depend on the subject to be covered.

Finance Courses
FIN 471:
FINANCIAL PROBLEMS
3 s.h.
This capstone course is designed to challenge students to integrate and synthesize, through case methods, their
knowledge of finance. Application of theoretical underpinning will emphasize corporate finance, but some of the
cases will also deal with investments and financial institutions and markets. Prerequisite: FIN 371 or instructor’s
permission. Spring, annually.
FIN 476:
PORTFOLIO THEORY AND MANAGEMENT
3 s.h.
Examination of modem portfolio theory and its application to investment strategies: study of options and futures
markets; investigation of market efficiency. Prerequisite: FIN 376. Spring, annually.
FIN 480:
MULTINATIONAL FINANCIAL MANAGEMENT
3 s.h.
The theory and practice of financial management in multinational firms; focuses on important differences between
domestic and international financial decision making. Prerequisite: FIN 370. Once annually.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Business Administration

29

3 s.h.
MANAGERIAL FINANCE
FIN 570:
A study of financial management approaches to evaluating complex alternatives for using available resources in
both a domestic and a multinational context. Prerequisites: ACTG 252, FIN 370.
3 s.h.
FIN 671:
FINANCIAL THEORY AND PRACTICE
A case-study approach to the theory and practice of corporate financial issues which must be addressed by a financial manager. Emphasis will be placed on capital budgeting decisions under varying circumstances and theoretical corporate financial concerns. Prerequisite: FIN 570.
3 s.h.
FIN 676:
INVESTMENT MANAGEMENT
A study of the structure and management of investment portfolios. Various types of investments are examined in
terms of their risk elements and the purposes they serve.

Management Courses
3 s.h.
MGMT 420:
OPERATIONS RESEARCH
Scientific methods which provide managers with a quantitative basis for making decisions. Emphasis is placed on
both the deterministic and stochastic methods, including the transportation method, linear programming, dynamic
programming, PERT, inventory control, queuing theory, and Markov analysis. Prerequisite: ECON 222. Fall, annually.
BUSINESS AND SOCIETY
3 s.h.
MGMT 423:
A study of concepts of, and theories about, interrelationships between business units and society in general. The
concepts and theories are then employed in the analysis of complex environmental problems encountered by business managers. Prerequisite: MGMT 320.
3 s.h.
MGMT 483:
WAGE AND SALARY ADMINISTRATION
A study of the formation and administration of compensation systems as they relate to the changing nature of employee rewards and expectations. Emphasis will be given to job and performance evaluation, fringe benefits, and rewards for special groups. Prerequisite: MGMT 324. Spring, annually.
3 s.h.
MGMT 485:
INDUSTRIAL RELATIONS AND PUBLIC POLICY
An examination of industrial relations as it relates to federal, state, and local statutes and industrial policies. Specific topics covered include OSHA, EEOA, NLRA, LMRA, and LMRDA. Prerequisite: MGMT 324. Fall, annually.
OCCUPATIONAL SAFETY MANAGEMENT
3 s.h.
MGMT 486:
This course is designed to provide the student with information concerning management techniques, government
regulations and safety, and health program development within organizational settings. Prerequisite: MGMT 320.
Annually.
3 s.h.
MGMT 521:
ORGANIZATION STRUCTURE AND BEHAVIOR
A study of the ways in which organizations, groups, and/or individuals respond to managerial philosophy and
practice. Included is an analysis of the influence of various environments, mores, cultures, and societies on organizations. Emphasis is placed on the functions and processes of decision-making. Prerequisites: MGMT 320.
MGMT 621:
HUMAN RESOURCES MANAGEMENT
3 s.h.
A study of human resources management issues and practices in business organizations. Topics covered include
the analysis and design of jobs, staffing the organization, training, and development of employees, and the design
and administration of compensation systems. Prerequisite: MGMT 320.
MGMT 622:
BUSINESS OPERATIONS IN A MULTI- NATIONAL ENVIRONMENT
3 s.h.
A study of the nature, organization, and operation of multinational firms. Selected cases of foreign operations of
multinational corporations are discussed and analyzed. Prerequisite: MGMT 320.
MGMT 625:
LABOR ARBITRATION/NEGOTIATION
3 s.h.
A synthesis of industrial relations theory and practice. The union/employer relationship will be explored from the
union organization drive through the continued negotiation of collective bargaining agreements, and attendant grievance arbitration procedures. Prerequisite: MGMT 320.
MGMT 626:
PRODUCTION/OPERATIONS MANAGEMENT
3 s.h.
A synthesis of concepts and techniques which relate directly to, and enhance the management of, production systems and a life cycle approach following the production system from its inception to its termination is utilized. Prerequisites: ECON 510, ECON 603.
MGMT 650:
TOTAL QUALITY MANAGEMENT
3 s.h.
An examination of Total Quality Management (TQM), including the philosophies and principles of Deming,
Juran, and Crosby. The focus is on the management and continuous improvement of quality and productivity in manufacturing and service organizations. Topics include quality measurement, quality assurance, giving employees responsibility for quality, the team approach to quality, employee recognition, and various TQM tools and techniques.
Prerequisite: MGMT 320. Annually.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

30

Business Administration

Marketing Courses
MKTG 460:
SALES MANAGEMENT
3 s.h.
Designed to cover all aspects concerned with the management of a sales force, including the selection and testing
of salespeople, training, devising compensation plans and expense accounts, territories, quotas, and evaluations.
Case studies and problem-solving techniques are utilized. Prerequisite: MKTG 360. Each semester.
MKTG 461:
MARKETING RESEARCH
3 s.h.
The application of scientific and statistical methods and tools to the solution of marketing problems are studied.
Prerequisites: ECON 222 and MKTG 360. Each semester.
MKTG 465:
MARKETING PROBLEMS
3 s.h.
A consideration by the case method and/or simulation gaming method of the problems facing the producer and
reseller. Prerequisites: MKTG 360, and senior standing. Each semester.
MKTG 468:
CONSUMER BEHAVIOR
3 s.h.
The study of theories, models, recent research, and research techniques in consumer motivation and decision making. Prerequisites: MKTG 360 and PSY 211 or permission of the instructor. Each semester.
MKTG 560:
MARKETING DECISION MAKING
3 s.h.
The analysis of marketing concepts and problems from a managerial point of view. Emphasis is placed upon planning, organizing, and controlling of marketing activities and their integration with the objectives and policies of the
firm. Both domestic and multinational marketing concepts are addressed in this course. Prerequisite: MKTG 360 and
ECON 222.
MKTG 562:
MARKETING INSTITUTIONS
3 s.h.
A study of components of a vertical marketing system and of the methods for making them effective. Also included are means of evaluating alternative marketing systems and the development of international marketing channels. Prerequisite: MKTG 360.
MKTG 604:
MARKETING RESEARCH
3 s.h.
Methods of solving marketing research problems, including library, survey, and experimental research methods;
project design; data collection, analysis, and interpretation; presentation of marketing research reports for managerial user. Problems in international marketing research and research ethics are also included. Selection, design, and
completion of a marketing-oriented research project and computer work are required. Prerequisite: ECON 603.
MKTG 661:
MARKETING STRATEGY
3 s.h.
A study of strategies for attaining a suitable “marketing mix” for various types of entities. Marketing knowledge
from previous courses and experiences will be applied to the formation of overall programs for dealing with both
international and domestic marketing problems. Prerequisite: MKTG 360.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Master of Science Degree
in Communication
College of Arts and Sciences
Department of Communication
Graduate Faculty
Professors: C. Felicetti, A. Larson, D. Siddiqui; Associate Professors: H. Fueg, S. Kuehn, P. Marini, J. Washington; Assistant Professor: S. Hilton

Program Objectives
The graduate program in communication develops the competencies and knowledge required for graduates to perform effectively as training and development specialists in business, education, and government. The objectives are to prepare an individual to administer
training programs, to facilitate performance within an organization, to design training programs based on specific needs, to conduct such programs, and to serve as a consultant to
management and others in the identification and solution to training problems.
While students with any undergraduate degree are welcome in the program, it should be
of particular interest to those with undergraduate degrees in communication, business, or
education. Depending upon the undergraduate degree and the proper selection of electives,
careers in other areas of communication are available.
Students interested in a career in higher education might consider the possibility of doctoral work following completion of the master’s degree program.

Admission -Requirements
College of Graduate Studies admission requirements apply with the following additions:
l

All applicants must submit a statement of purpose for pursuing the MS. in the Department of Communication.

l

Admission on a provisional basis may be granted if the applicant’s QPA is between
2.00 and 2.75 on a 4.00 scale and a raw score of 45 or above is achieved on the Miller
Analogies Test or a combined score of 1,000 is obtained on the Graduate Record Examination. Degree status may be obtained upon completion of 12 semester hours with
a minimum of 3.0 average.

l

Individuals with disabilities are encouraged to meet with the department chair prior
to admission to the program.

l

Non-native applicants must submit TOEFL scores. TOEFL scores of 600 or above are
required for admission to the degree program.

Degree Requirements
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation, the student must complete 36 semester hours, including required courses with a QPA of 3.00 or better on a 4.00 scale. There
is also a media writing competency for which COMM 17 1: Writing for Media, may be required if sufficient background is not obtained through previous course work or experience

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Communication

32

as demonstrated through portfolio or testing. This decision will be made in consultation
with your advisor.

Transfer Credits
A maximum of nine semester hours of graduate course work may be transferred toward
the degree. These hours must come from an accredited institution and must have a grade
of “B” or better.

Requirements for Graduation
The following courses are required of all students graduating with a Master of Science
degree in communication.
COMM
COMM
COMM
COMM
COMM
COMM
COMM
COMM

545:
556:
559:
560:
565:
580:
620:
657:

Theory and Application of Production Planning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Training Program Planning and Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Management of the Communication Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Audio and Television Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Photography and Graphics Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Advanced Applied Design . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Training and Development Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Advanced Applied Production . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Media Writing Competency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 0 s.h.

In addition to the above listed courses, each student must satisfactorily complete an
original research effort. Either of the following courses will satisfy this requirement.
COMM
COMM

656:
700:

Research in Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Thesis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 sh.

To complete the program, a student may select courses within the Department of Communication or from related disciplines. All elective courses should be approved by the student’s advisor.

Electives
Electives may be taken from any curriculum in the graduate or undergraduate catalog if
approved by their advisor. Students are encouraged to go outside the Department of Communication for courses if their career goals and interests will be benefited.
No more than six hours of 400-level courses taken for graduate credit may count toward
the master’s degree.

Placement
Placement of past graduates has been excellent in teaching; business, industry, and government training and development programs; employee/corporate communication programs; media sales and production; and doctoral and specialist programs.

Advisement
Based on career goals of the student, an advisor is assigned from the graduate faculty of
the department.
Advisement is at the convenience of the student and may occur at any time. Frequently
the advisor will recommend that the student talk with another member of the faculty who
may be more closely associated with a specific problem or interest of the student.
In all cases, the responsibility of meeting the stated requirements of the master’s degree
lies with the student.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Communication

33

Graduate Assistantships
Graduate assistants are employed in the Department of Communication in such areas as
television management, radio management, television direction, photography production,
and journalism. These assistantships usually require 10 hours of work per week, for which
partial tuition is waived and a small bi-weekly stipend is paid. (A number of assistantships
are available to outstanding international students, consisting of a lo-hour work assignment with a partial waiver of tuition.) Assistantships run from September to May; no student may be employed in more than one assistantship. Awards are made as vacancies exist,
and are based on the applicant’s professional qualifications as shown in transcripts,
resume’, and portfolio of work samples. A personal interview is desirable.
Applicants for graduate assistantships must complete the regular admission procedure,
then file a letter of application with the chair of the Department of Communication. Applications should be received no later than March 15; appointments are usually made by
May 15 of each year.

Internships
The Department of Communication has maintained a cooperative arrangement with
public schools, businesses, and governmental agencies for over a decade. Students may intern with such organizations in training and development of other areas. The internship is
designed to provide on-the-job experience for the student to make the transition between
classroom assignments and actual application of professional training. Consequently, the
course should be reserved until the latter part of an individual’s program.

Physical Facilities
The Department of Communication is housed in Becker Hall and has outstanding physical facilities. In addition to modem classrooms, there are:
Modem full-color television production studio, control room, and editing facilities
Computer controlled multi-image studio
0 Photographic darkrooms
l Audio production studios
0 Research area
l Graphics workshop
l Desktop publishing
l Interactive video technology
0 l,000-watt FM radio broadcast station
l
l

Also available to students in Becker Hall is the Computer Lab, consisting of modem
main frame, mini- and microcomputer stations.

Course Sequence
Due to the highly integrated and prescriptive nature of the program, it is imperative that
students discuss the course sequencing with their advisor. Students who get out of sequence could take three or four years to complete the degree requirements. The program
can be completed in three semesters. However, students are encouraged to complete their
requirements in four semesters and take advantage of strengthening their skills through involvement in co-curricular activities.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

34

Communication

Communication Courses
COMM 400:
MEDIA ADVERTISING
3 s.h.
Introduces the student to media strategies, creative development, and budgeting of advertising plans for national
and major-market media. The course includes a review of basic concepts in advertising.
COMM 405:
PRESENTATION GRAPHICS
3 s.h.
Design and production of graphic materials for the presentation of information in training sessions, sales and
stockholder meetings, and other small and large group situations. Must be taken concurrently with SCT 214: Business and Professional Speaking.
COMM 411:
3 s.h.
FOUNDATIONS OF BROADCASTING
An overview of the broadcasting industry, including history, technical aspects, station and network organization,
sales, ratings, programming, and social influences. A foundation course for radio-TV career preparation, related
fields of communication, and the development of knowledgeable consumers of broadcast media.
COMM 415:
LOCAL ADVERTISING
3 s.h.
A professional course in planning, scheduling, producing, and buying and selling advertising at the local level,
with specific attention to the small business client.
COMM 428:
MASS MEDIA PROGRAMMING ANALYSIS
3 s.h.
Develops advanced skills in programming, comparing, and analyzing media content for broadcast and print media
professionals. Emphasis is placed on applying research skills to analyze audience needs and evaluating message effectiveness applicable in a wide variety of mass communication programming campaigns. Prerequisite: COMM 352.
COMM 431:
PUBLIC RELATIONS PRINCIPLES AND PRACTICE
3 s.h.
This course is designed to provide fundamental instruction in public relations practices, including program planning and evaluation, working with the media, writing for public relations, and coordinating special events and functions. The structure and process of public relations in business, institutions, and American society will be explored
through readings and discussion.
COMM 441:
ADVANCED MEDIA WRITING
3 s.h.
Extensive work in research, writing, and marketing of written products for magazines, newspapers, and other publications. The course work also requires the selection and acquisition of appropriate photographs and graphics to
complement the articles. Prerequisites: COMM 171 and 251.
COMM 442:
BROADCAST NEWS AND CONTINUITY WRITING
3 s.h.
Provides students with advanced instruction and experience in writing news, commercials, public service announcements, and promotional copy for the broadcast media. Prerequisites: COMM 100, 152, and 171.
COMM 443:
PROMOTIONAL WRITING
3 s.h.
Provides students with advanced instruction and experience in public relations and advertising writing. Prerequisites: COMM 100, 152, and 171.
COMM 452:
COMMUNICATION LAW
3 s.h.
Introduces the student to various laws such as those of libel, privacy, copyright, access, and FTC and FCC rules
and regulations governing the fields of communication.
COMM 460:
TELEVISION DIRECTING
3 s.h.
Develops the skills needed to direct a variety of television studio productions, including news, interview, demonstration, and dramatic programs. Emphasis is on both technical and aesthetic directing skills. Prerequisites: COMM
351 or other television production experience and permission of the instructor. Four contact hours.
COMM 488:
MEDIA PROGRAM DESIGN FOR ORGANIZATIONS
3 s.h.
Develops skills in devising communication strategies to design and develop an organization’s media programs for
training purposes. Skill areas include drafting communication objectives, developing plans for using communication media for training, and evaluating communication media used for effectiveness. Emphasis is placed on applying these skills to produce communication media for training programs. Prerequisite: COMM 352 or permission of
the instructor.
COMM 489:
GLOBAL MASS COMMUNICATION
3 s.h.
This course is intended to enable the student to effectively interact with the new culturally diverse audience and
workforce in the American business and industry. The contents will consist of the latest innovatively designed resources on cultural diversity, global mass communication competencies, and positive attitudes. Also included will
be imaginative conceptualization techniques of designing mass media messages suited to the new realities of cultural diversity.
1-3 s.h.
COMM 499:
SPECIAL TOPICS IN COMMUNICATION
Focuses on a single, broad contemporary topic of current interest in communication and related fields. Course
content varies from semester to semester. Topics to be considered will be announced in advance. May be taken three
times for credit.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Communication

35

MASS COMMUNICATION THEORY AND APPLICATION
3 s.h.
COMM 500:
This course provides a foundation in social and behavioral theory of mass communication including, but not limited to, information theory, behaviorism, balance theory, two-step flow theory, uses and gratifications theory, and
structural functionalism. Emphasis is placed on applying theoretical models to the analysis of problems of media
professionals in order to gain insight into possible solutions. Fall, annually.
THEORY AND APPLICATION OF PRODUCTION PLANNING**
3 s.h.
COMM 545:
Develops an understanding of the basic principles of communication models and the production process and relates them to the production of various media for educational and/or commercial purposes. Included are audience
analyses, communication theory, development of content outlines, treatments and storyboards, and other techniques
leading to the writing of a script.
PUBLIC RELATIONS MESSAGE DESIGN
COMM 551:
3 s.h.
Provides advanced instruction in persuasion techniques in the design of public relations. Successful case studies
are analyzed in terms of persuasion techniques used. Prerequisites: COMM 431 or permission of instructor. Spring,
annually.
TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT PLANNING AND DESIGN**
3 s.h.
COMM 556:
Investigates various theories of learning and instructional strategies used in training in corporate organizations.
The participant will identify a method appropriate to his or her content area, and plan and design an instructional
system suited to adult learners in an in-service training environment.
MANAGEMENT OF THE COMMUNICATION PROCESS**
3 s.h.
COMM 559:
Defines and applies the general principles of management-planning, organizing, staffing, directing, and controlling-to the design and administration of communication programs. Relates behavioral variables to understanding and motivating employees.
AUDIO AND TELEVISION PRODUCTION**
COMM 560:
3 s.h.
Develops basic skills in audio, ENG, and television production. A variety of projects in both media concentrates
on proper equipment operation and recording and editing techniques.
COMM 564:
SCRIPTWRITING
3 s.h.
Develops techniques and skills in writing scripts for a wide range of radio, television, motion picture, and slidesound presentations. Emphasis is on creative writing within the structure of the intended medium.
COMM 565:
PHOTOGRAPHY AND GRAPHICS PRODUCTION**
3 s.h.
Provides an integrated introduction into graphic and photographic production techniques. Layout, design, and
composition techniques will be developed.
COMM 580:
ADVANCED APPLIED DESIGN**
3 s.h.
Applies the processes learned in COMM 545 and COMM 556. Students will apply concept skills and strategies
designing training or instructional units for a client. Prerequisite: COMM 545, 556, 560, 565.
COMM 59 1:
INDEPENDENT STUDY
1-2 s.h.
Allows the imaginative student to structure an independent research project in the area of communication with a
minimum of faculty supervision. A proposal specifying objectives, methods, and evaluation techniques must be submitted and approved by the student’s advisor prior to enrolling in the course. 1 or 2 credit hours.
COMM 620:
TRAINING AND DEVELOPMENT RESEARCH**
3 s.h.
Develops those research skills necessary for the evaluation and communication of training needs and outcomes.
Specifically, skills in questioning, performance observation, research design, data reduction, and reporting. Prerequisites: COMM 545, 556.
COMM 656:
RESEARCH IN COMMUNICATION**
3 s.h.
Independent investigation of a problem in a specific communication area. The project must be presented in written form and accepted by the research advisor. Prerequisite: COMM 620.
COMM 657:
ADVANCED APPLIED PRODUCTION**
3 s.h.
Incorporates production and design skills from previous courses. Students produce training materials for projects
designed in COMM 580. Prerequisites: COMM 560, 565, 580.
COMM 691:
SEMINAR IN COMMUNICATION
2 s.h.
Focuses on the various aspects of human resource development, Guest lecturers will be utilized and innovative
experiments or procedures reviewed. Prerequisites: COMM 580,620.
COMM 699:
COMMUNICATION INTERNSHIP
1-3 s.h.
Provides practical experience in the supervision in and operations of some aspect of a communication program.
A proposal specifying objectives, methods, and evaluation techniques must be submitted and approved by the student’s advisor and the cooperating agency prior to enrolling in the course.
COMM 700:
THESIS
Requires each student to develop a project or thesis in some area of communication.
**Required courses.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

6 s.h.

Master of Science Degree in
Communication Sciences
and Disorders
College of Education and Human Services
Graduate Faculty
Professors: D. Dininny, D. Hetrick, C. McAleer; Associate Professor: J. Bauman-Waengler. H. Savage; Assistant
Professors: J. Jarecki-Liu, K. Linnan; Instructors: J. Janes, M. McCarthy

The CSD Department offers a graduate program leading to a Master of Science degree
in speech pathology. The graduate program is accredited by the Council on Academic Accreditation of the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association.

Program Objectives
The academic goals of the program are:
0 To provide a quality education to a small number of master’s degree students. The department has a commitment to maintain a faculty-to-student ratio of 6: 1; maintain a
faculty with extensive backgrounds who are actively involved in research and scholarship, but dedicated to teaching; and maintain up-to-date materials and equipment
for teaching, clinical activities, and research.
l

To ensure adequate student knowledge in the normal physical, biological, and psychological aspects of speech, language, and hearing.

l

To introduce the student to the closely related professional areas of medicine, teaching of the deaf, psychology, and dentistry.

0 To facilitate an interdisciplinary view of disorders of human communication.
0 To develop self-study skills necessary to keep abreast of new scientific information.
l

To offer a degree program suitable for both the student who plans for the master’s degree and the student who plans to pursue doctoral study.

l

To prepare students to work in diverse occupational settings including but not limited
to hospitals, rehabilitation centers, private practices, public schools, etc.

l

To prepare students to carry out research projects in the areas of speech, language,
and audiology.

The clinical education goals of the program are:
l

To prepare students to function as independent clinicians. These levels of function
will exceed or be commensurate with clinical certification guidelines suggested by
the American Speech-Language-Hearing Association, guidelines for Pennsylvania
state licensure in speech pathology and audiology, and standards implemented by the
Pennsylvania Department of Education.

0 To improve clinical competencies in the assessment and management of individuals
having communication disorders.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Communication Sciences and Disorders

37

l

To prepare the student to realize the changing role of the speech-language pathologist
and audiologist in our society.

l

To prepare speech-language pathologists to fill diverse roles in their discipline.

l

To foster attitudes conducive to high quality, ethical professional practice.

l

To prepare the student to complete diagnostic evaluations testing both children and
adults.

0 To prepare the student to implement appropriate diagnostic procedures and to draw
conclusions and make recommendations based on the results of the diagnostic session.
0 To prepare the student to counsel clients regarding the results of the diagnostic evaluation. Students will be able to relay information concerning the results of the testing as well as inform the client of recommendations for further testing, referral, etc.
0 To prepare the student to design and implement a program of rehabilitation for both
children and adults. This will include writing lesson plans where short-term and longterm objectives are appropriately formulated.
0 To prepare the graduate student to maintain accurate and appropriate records and
demonstrate a knowledge that these records are confidential. They will also demonstrate a knowledge that they are accountable for the services that they provide.
l

To prepare the student to demonstrate an understanding of professional, clinical, and
basic research and to show that they can apply the results of such research to the clinical setting.

Admission Requirements
College of Graduate Studies admission requirements apply with the following additions:
l

A baccalaureate degree.

0 An applicant should have achieved a 3.0 quality-point average (on a four-point scale)
for the baccalaureate degree.
0 Satisfactory score on Graduate Record Exam (GRE).
0 Fifteen semester hours of credit in courses related to normal development and the sciences related to the use of speech, hearing, and language; three credits in speech
pathology; three credits in language disorders; six credits in audiology, including
three credits in aural rehabilitation; three credits in clinical practice or clinical observation; three credits in statistics; six credits in behavioral/social sciences; three credits in biological/physical sciences; and three credits in mathematics. Students may
make up undergraduate deficiencies.
0 Applicants who fail to satisfy the foregoing requirements may be admitted conditionally. In such cases, the terms of the conditional admission will be specified for the
individual applicant.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

38

Communication Sciences and Disorders

Degree Requirements
General Regulations and Procedures
Transfer of Credit. The minimum course credit requirement for the master’s degree is
33 semester hours. Of this, at least 24 semester hours must be earned at Clarion University of Pennsylvania. A maximum of 30 percent of the total credits necessary for completion of the master’s degree may be accepted from another accredited graduate school. The
student is responsible for filing an official transcript of any work presented for transfer
credit.
Advisement. Upon acceptance into the program, students will be assigned to a departmental advisor. A program of study will be planned by the student and his or her advisor
and will be subject to the approval of the department committee on graduate studies during the first semester of study. This plan will be filed and maintained in the student’s academic file. Students must meet with their academic advisor every semester to pre-register
for courses.
Grades. An average grade of “B” (3.00/4.00) is required.
Graduate Courses. Graduate courses are numbered in the 500’s. Some courses open to
undergraduates (400 numbers) may be taken for graduate credit by permission of the student’s advisor. A maximum of six credits at the 400 level may be taken for graduate credit
and applied toward a graduate degree.

Specific Requirements
0 The student must fulfill all general requirements for the degree and complete a minimum of 33 semester hours of credit for the degree.
l

The graduate student majoring in speech-language pathology will complete a minimum of 30 credits in speech-language pathology courses, including CSD 505, CSD
520, CSD 540, CSD 589, and three credits in CSD 535, Audiology Seminar I.

0 Students may elect to take one course outside the major providing their major and
minor area requirements will have been met. A complete listing of graduate courses
in communication sciences and disorders is carried in the course description section
which follows.
Options. Thesis, research, and academic programs are available. The decision as to
whether a given student shall follow one program or the other rests with the department,
as it considers the recommendations of the advisor and the request of the student. The student will complete an approved program under one of the following options:
Thesis Option:

Thirty-six semester hours, including six credits in CSD 590.
After the completion of a satisfactory thesis, the candidate will
be asked to make an oral defense of this thesis before a faculty
committee.

Research Option:

Thirty-three semester hours, including three credits in CSD
590. This option does not require a thesis, but does require a research paper or project.

Academic:

Thirty-six semester hours, including an additional six credits in
the major.

l

Clinical proficiency must be demonstrated.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Communication Sciences and Disorders

39

0 Two externships in a clinic and/or public school are necessary to satisfactorily complete the clinic clock hours required for the degree. Students must have a cumulative
quality-point average of 3.00 and must be making satisfactory progress toward the
degree to be permitted to enroll in the externship program.
0 Academic and clinical practicum requirements for the Certificate of Clinical Competency in Speech-Language Pathology of the American Speech-Language-Hearing
Association must be fulfilled.
l

Students who wish to obtain a Pennsylvania Teaching Certificate for Speech Correction must obtain a master’s degree in CSD, must complete an externship in the public schools, and must complete CSD 554: Professional Practicum. In addition, the
student must pass the following tests: NTE Core Battery tests, and Specialty Area
Test-Teaching Speech to Students with Language Impairments. Applications for
these tests can be obtained at the Office of Field Services.

Placement
Graduates of the program are assisted by the faculty and the university’s Career Services
in finding professional positions in public and private schools, colleges and universities,
hospitals, research centers, health departments, clinical service centers, industry, or private
practice. Graduates of the program have historically enjoyed excellent professional placement.

Graduate Assistantships
A number of graduate assistantships and other forms of financial aid are available. Persons wishing to be considered for financial assistance should so indicate at the time of application.

Externship
Six- and 12-credit externships are available in a wide variety of environments to augment the classroom experiences and broaden clinical experiences.

Physical Facilities
The academic component of the department is housed in the ground floor of Davis Hall.
Facilities include classrooms, a speech science/anatomy and physiology lab, a hearing science lab, a microcomputer lab, a library which includes a large variety of videotape resources, a student study area with individual carrels, and departmental and faculty offices.
An independent Speech and Hearing Clinic is located on the ground floor of the Keeling Health Center and includes individual and group clinic rooms, a conference and seminar room, audiological suites, a clinical instrumentation laboratory, a student study area,
a reception area, videotaping facilities, and a lo-station closed circuit television system.

Communication Sciences and Disorders Courses
6;12 s.h.
CLINICAL EXTERNSHIP
CSD 4221522:
Supervised observation of and participation in school and/or clinic environments. Prerequisite: CSD 540.
AUDIOLOGY
CSD 464
A continuation of CSD 460: Hearing Problems. Prerequisite: CSD 460.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

3 s.h.

40

Communication Sciences and Disorders

CSD 472:
SEMINAR IN SPEECH SCIENCE
3 s.h.
This course begins with a review of the speech mechanism as a servosystem and transducer and basic knowledge
of the physics of sound. The remainder of the course focuses attention and is structured on the concept that the
speech mechanism is a chain of events physiologically, acoustically, and perceptually. Each link in this chain of
events is studied in terms of basic knowledge, pertinent research, and each link’s contribution to the speech chain as
a whole. Prerequisite: CSD 456 or a basic course in phonetics and/or speech science. Each semester.
CSD 500:
APHASIA
3 s.h.
This course is a comprehensive study of the neuroanatomical implications related to acquired aphasia (dysphasia)
in adulthood, although study of the symptoms and treatment of both sensory states and motor disturbances in aphasia is made. The current literature is reviewed and facilities are investigated. Opportunities are provided for the student to participate in individual and group therapy, and for visits to centers where these types of problems are
diagnosed and treated. Guidance and counseling are provided to design an independent study in this area.
CSD 505:

ARTICULATORY AND PHONOLOGICAL
DISORDERS IN CHILDREN
3 s.h.
Articulatory and phonological features of the American English sound system are examined in relation to other
developing linguistic functions. The assessment of disordered articulatory and phonological behavior is stressed, and
differential diagnosis is emphasized. Based upon several traditional and current theoretical models, possibilities for
therapeutic interventions are presented.
CSD 5 10:
SEMINAR IN NEUROPATHOLOGY
3 s.h.
This course is a comprehensive study of pathologies of the central nervous system. Methods for identifying and
treating speech, language, and communication problems associated with progressive and non-progressive neurological disorders are explored. Neuropathologies studied include the dementias, syndromes associated with right hemisphere lesions, and deficits subsequent to closed head injury. A unit on normal swallow and dysphagia is included
in the course. Opportunity will be provided for independent investigation and clinical participation.
CSD 515:
MAXILLOFACIAL ANOMALIES
3 s.h.
This course is a comprehensive study of clinical diagnosis and treatment of patients with communicative disorders related to clefting and/or associated syndromes. Current research regarding anatomy and physiology of the
palate and velopharyngeal structures for speech production is detailed. The genetics of clefting and associated syndromes is discussed. Special attention is directed to early growth and development of infants with clefts. Opportunities for observation of a craniofacial team multidisciplinary evaluations and team planning are provided in medical
settings.
CSD 520:
LANGUAGE DISORDERS IN CHILDREN
3 s.h.
Models of the language function with their justifications are identified and critically analyzed. A review of normal language development is included to provide comparison with deviations. Diagnostic procedures utilized with
language disorders in children are investigated; therapeutic means to influence them will be presented. Differential
diagnostic specifics of certain language disorders such as those associated with deafness, autism, mental retardation,
and language learning disabilities are included.
CSD 525:
STUTTERING
3 s.h.
This course emphasizes investigation of the major theories and therapies of stuttering. Theories of etiology and
of development of stuttering are included. The development of an understanding of stuttering behavior and similar
speech behavior is included. Management strategies and therapies are also investigated.
CSD 530:
VOICE
3 s.h.
This course includes the study of human voice and its manifestations across the life span. Students will be acquainted with new developments, issues, and trends that cover the entire spectrum of voice perception and production, including vocal development and life span changes, and the continuum of voice production from disorders
through superior performance. Focus will include pathophysiology of disorders, instrumental and noninstrumental
assessment, interdisciplinary team management, and treatment. .
CSD 532:

PHYSIOLOGY AND PATHOLOGY OF
THE AUDITORY SYSTEM
3;6 s.h.
In this seminar the first three semester hours will deal with normal and abnormal functioning of the auditory system. A critical study of selected research in the following areas will be made: ear pathologies. transformer action
and distortion prop&ties of the middle ear, methods of stimulating the cochlear, and neurophysiology of the auditory system. The second three semester hours will deal with the electrophysiological monitoring of the auditory system with emphasis on the clinical application of electronystagmography and evoked response audiometry.
CSD 533:
INSTRUMENTATION AND HEARING SCIENCE
3 s.h.
This course deals with instruments used in a speech and hearing program and also covers basic principles of hearing science. Some information on psychoacoustics is also provided.
CSD 534:
OTOLARYNGOLOGY
1 s.h.
This course is an introduction to the profession of otolaryngology. The course is taught by a board certified physician and offered once a year.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Communication Sciences and Disorders

41

CSD 535:
AUDIOLOGY SEMINAR
3;6 s.h.
This course is divided into two three-credit seminars. The first seminar reviews anatomy and physiology of the
ear and ear pathologies. Basic audiometric test procedures for clinical audiology will be studied. The second seminar deals with special audiometric testing, including site of lesion testing, an introduction to evoked potential testing and electronystagmography, and industrial audiology.
CSD 536:
DEVELOPMENTAL AUDIOLOGY
Audiological problems of the pediatric and geriatric population.

3 s.h.

CSD 538:
INDUSTRIAL AUDIOLOGY
3 s.h.
This course covers the various noise parameters, instrumentation for noise measurement, and measurement techniques. Effects of noise on man and industrial hearing conservation procedures will be included.
CSD 539:
HEARING AIDS
Techniques for determining the selection and fitting of hearing aids for children and adults.

3 s.h.

3;6 s.h.
CSD 540:
CLINICAL PRACTICE
This course entails practice, under supervision, in applying theory to the assessment and management of individuals from preschool through adulthood having significant disorders of speech, hearing, or language. The clinical experience is relatively independent in the assessment, organizing, and carrying out of effective plans of therapy. The
student should demonstrate an interdisciplinary approach and be able to generalize on the area of the disorder
treated, as well as deal appropriately with the specific clients treated.
CSD 550:
MOTOR SPEECH DISORDERS
3 s.h.
This course explores the causes, nature, and dynamics of both developmental and acquired forms of the motor
speech disorders of apraxia and dysarthria. The specific nature of speech disturbances associated with lesions of the
motor system and current diagnostic protocols and management strategies associated with each identified.
CSD 554:
PROFESSIONAL PRACTICUM
3 s.h.
This course explores current professional issues and trends in the practice of speech-language pathology and audiology. Topics include licensure and certification, and an emphasis is placed on the ethical/legal restrictions and
obligations that influence the professional practitioner.
CSD 589:
INTRODUCTION TO GRADUATE STUDY
3 s.h.
This course reviews the history and structure of the professions of speech-language pathology and audiology and
their relationship to related disciplines. The design of research and professional writing style employed in the Journa1 of Speech and Hearing Research is emphasized.
CSD 590:
RESEARCH
3;6 s.h.
The student may complete a study in speech or language pathology and audiology or related areas under the supervision of a staff member. The student may select the thesis option in which six credits are required. The student
may select the research option in which three or six credits culminate in a written report presented to the faculty advisor. Types of investigations which might be completed are original studies, comprehensive literature reviews,
replication of studies, or completion of a portion of a larger study. Students must fill out independent study forms
with their research advisor before registering for CSD 590.
CSD 592:
DYSPHAGIA
3 s.h.
This course presents an introduction to swallowing disorders including basic terminology, anatomical and physiological etiologies, and current assessment and management procedures, with special attention to laryngectomized
and tracheotomized patients. The competencies, responsibilities, and roles of the speech pathologist in various clinical settings will be discussed, as well as risk factors involved in patient care. Observations and experiential learning situations will be provided.
CSD 598:
SPECIAL TOPICS
l-6 s.h.
Topics in various areas of speech pathology and audiology. The format used will be selected by the professor as
most suitable to the study. The course may be offered on request of students, subject to the availability of staff. Enrollment by consent of the instructor. On demand.
CSD 599:

INDEPENDENT STUDIES IN COMMUNICATION
SCIENCES AND DISORDERS
l-3 s.h.
This course is designed to provide students with an opportunity to explore an area of special need or interest in
speech pathology and audiology in depth under the supervision of a member of the department. Students must develop a proposed study plan and secure the approval of the proposed director and department chair prior to registration. Repeatable for a maximum of 6 s.h.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Master of Education Degrees in
Department of Education
College of Education and Human Services
Graduate Faculty
Professors: L. Brown, B. Grugel, J. Smith, K. Smith, S. Stalker, D. Tate; Associate Professors: A. Creany, R.
Couch, G. Grejda, S. McKee, M. McLaughlin, N. Sayre; Assistant Professors: E. Caropreso, R. DeLuca, V. Harry,
E. Hyun; Instructor: J. McCullough

M.Ed. in Elementary Education
Program Objectives
The master’s degree program in elementary education encourages students to view
themselves as researchers of teaching and learning and as professionals whose continued
growth can best be met through inquiry, reflection, and sustained dialogues with peers. It
affords practitioners the opportunity to share effective classroom practices while reading,
interpreting, and analyzing current research and professional literature.

Admission Requirements
Clarion University’s general admission requirements apply, with the following supplemental requirements:
The applicant must have elementary education certification. If the applicant does not
meet this requirement, the graduate faculty of the department shall determine existing deficiencies and how they must be met. Certification requirements must be met prior to any
graduate work.
Admission to provisional status may be granted at the discretion of the graduate faculty
if the applicant’s QPA is less than 2.75/4.00. Regular status may be granted upon completion of 12 semester hours of graduate study with a minimum of 3.00/4.00 average.

Degree Requirements
TOTAL 30 s.h.
Core Competencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Research.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pedagogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Professional Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Specialization Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .12 s.h.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3s.h.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3s.h.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.

..........

. . . . .12 s.h.

.......
.......

. . . . . .3 s.h.
. . . . . .3 s.h.
. . . . . .3 s.h.

........
........
........
........
........

. . . . . .3 s.h.
. . . . . .3 s.h.
. . . . . .3 s.h.
. . . . . .3 s.h.
. . . . . .3 s.h.

Course selection is to be. made from the following:
ED
ED
ED
ED

403:
506:
509:
510:

ED
ED
ED
ED

517:
521:
526:
533:

Field Experience and Methods in Environmental Education
Gender Issues in Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Observations and Analysis of the Urban Classroom
Developmentally and Culturally Appropriate Practice:
Theory, Research, and Practices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Educational Computer Applications . . . . . . . . . .
Instructional Leadership Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sociology of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Recent Developments in Elementary Social Studies

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

43

Education

ED
ED
ED
ED
SPED
SCED
SCED
SCED

537:
542:
546:
560:
563:
568:
617:
580:
502:
505:
576:

Strategies and Problems of Teaching Elementary School Mathematics
Seminar in Children’s Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading and Language Arts in Early Childhood
Defining the Literary Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Pedagogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Language and Literacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Educational Technology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Reading Instruction
Investigative Techniques and Process Approach to Modem Science
Investigative Techniques in the Life Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Science, Technology, and Society . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

........
........

.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.

........
........
........
........

.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.
..3 s.h.
.3 s.h.

......
...........

.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.

Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 s.h.
To be. selected from appropriate 400- or 500-level courses as approved by the advisor. A maximum of three credits of 400-level courses approved for graduate credit may be counted toward the degree.
Thesis credits may be. substituted as electives.
Written Comprehensive Exam required.

Graduation Requirements
Students must complete 30 credit hours of required and advisor approved elective
courses with a cumulative grade-point average of 3.00/4.00. Additionally, students are required to complete a written comprehensive exam representing two of the following areas:
science, mathematics, social studies, language arts, reading, or curriculum.

M.Ed. in Reading
Program Objectives
The master’s degree program in reading encourages students to view themselves as researchers of teaching and learning and as professionals whose continued growth can best
be met through inquiry, reflection, and sustained dialogues with peers. It affords practitioners the opportunity to share effective classroom practices while reading, interpreting,
and analyzing current research and professional literature.

Admission Requirements for Reading or Reading Specialist
Clarion University’s general admission requirements apply, with the following supplemental requirements:
The applicant must have educational certification and have successfully completed a
course in reading/language arts and children’s literature.
Admission to provisional status may be granted at the discretion of the graduate faculty
if the applicant’s QPA is less than 2.75/4.00. Regular status may be granted upon completion of 12 semester hours of graduate study with a minimum of 3.00/4.00 average.

Degree Requirements
TOTAL 36 s.h.
.12 s.h.
Core Competencies . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.3 s.h.
Research.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.3 s.h.
Pedagogy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.3 s.h.
Curriculum . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
.3 s.h.
Professional Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Education

44

Specialization Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ......
ED
ED
ED
ED
SPED

560:
568:
569:
570:
571:
574:
580:

Defining the Literary Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Language and Literacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .........
Practicum I: Analysis . . . . . . . . . .
Practicum II: Instruction . . . . . . . . .
Reading Program Organization, Administration, and Supervision
Special Reading Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

......
......
......
......

21 s.h.
.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.

Electives . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ...3 s.h.
To b-e selected from education or content area courses as approved by the advisor. Thesis credits may be substituted as electives.
Reading Specialist Test (NTE) required
Written Comprehensive Exam required.

Graduation Requirements
Students must complete 36 credit hours of required and advisor approved elective
courses with a cumulative grade-point average of 3.00/4.00. Additionally, students are required to pass the Reading Specialist Test (NTE) and a written comprehensive examination.

Reading Specialist Certification
Satisfactory completion of the M.Ed. in reading meets the requirements for reading specialist certification. Students desiring reading specialist certification without the degree
must complete the following sequence of courses:
Reading Specialist Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27 s.h.
ED
ED
ED
ED
ED
ED
ED
SPED

520:
560:
563:
568:
569:
570:
571:
574:
580:

Introduction to Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Defining the Literary Process . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Pedagogy: . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Language and Literacy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Practicum I: Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Practicum II: Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reading Program Organization, Administration, and Supervision . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Reading Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . .3 s.h.
.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.
. .3 s.h.
. .3 s.h.
. .3 s.h.
.3 s.h.

Placement
Typically, persons enrolling in the graduate program are already involved in professional careers that are being enhanced by the graduate studies. For those persons who are
without career placement, the faculty and the university Career Services can provide assistance in seeking appropriate employment. Students should register with Career Services
before graduation.

Graduate Assistantships
A limited number of graduate assistantships are granted for 20 hours of departmental
service per week in exchange for a waiver of tuition and a stipend. Applications are available in the Department of Education office and should be submitted to the department
chair as soon as the student has been admitted to the graduate program.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Education

45

Advisement
Upon acceptance into the graduate program, students will be assigned a department advisor who is qualified to assist the student in his or her specific career goals. The responsibility for meeting all stated requirements for the master’s degree, however, is with the
student.

Education Courses
ECH 401:
CREATIVE RESPONSE TO CONFLICT
3 s.h.
A study of the current research in the development of a classroom environment which fosters cooperation, communication, affirmation, and problem-solving for children as well as for teachers, staff, instructional teams, parents,
support personnel, and other adults. Emphasis on human capabilities for resolving conflicts at various life stages and
situations. Examination of a range of discipline models as their implementation relates to the classroom environment. (This course is designed to be taken in conjunction with student teaching in the undergraduate program, or as
an elective in the master’s program.) Prerequisite: ED 121. Each semester.
INCIDENTAL LEARNING
ECH 420:
3 s.h.
The course examines incidental learning gained by young children through their interactions with the people and
products of their society’s major institutions. It asks such questions as these: How do children learn as incidental byproducts of these interactions; how can teachers, for example, plan encounters (with people, materials, and environments) so that the encounters contribute to children’s learning goals rather than subvert them. Prerequisite: ED
121. Each semester.
FIELD EXPERIENCE AND METHODS IN
ENVIRONMENTAL EDUCATION
3 s.h.
This course focuses on methods used to teach environmental knowledge, concepts, and concerns, including the
history and research in environmental education. The relationship of all curriculum areas to environmental education is examined and practiced. The course may be taken for graduate credit with the approval of the Education Department chair and the instructor. Offered for two weeks at a time between the end of the Spring Semester and the
beginning of regular summer school only. McKeever Center in Sandy Lake, PA, will be utilized for presentation of
this course.
ED 403:

VOLUNTEERS FOR LITERACY
ED 414:
3 s.h.
This course enables student volunteers to teach in literacy programs aimed at adult and secondary school learners in different settings. Basic methods for instruction in vocabulary, comprehension, study skills, and writing arc
integrated with the aim of fostering an appreciation for reading.
EXCEPTIONALITIES IN THE REGULAR CLASSROOM
ED 418:
3 s.h.
This course is designed to prepare students to deal with the nature and needs of the exceptional person in a regular classroom. Contemporary methods of identification, services for the exceptional individual, and legal aspects of
the least restrictive environment are examined. Each semester.
ED 506:
GENDER ISSUES IN EDUCATION
3 s.h.
This course examines the ways in which schools perpetuate gender bias and how educational institutions, as a reflection of the patriarchal society in which they exist, provide different experiences and outcomes for female and
male students and teachers. Prerequisite: ED 110 or WS 100 or consent of instructor.
OBSERVATIONS AND ANALYSIS
OF THE URBAN CLASSROOM
3 s.h.
This course provides opportunities for pre-service teachers, both elementary and secondary education majors, and
both undergraduate and graduate students, to observe and participate in urban classrooms. Students travel in university vehicles to visit schools in major urban areas and spend a minimum of five consecutive days participating in
urban classrooms. Prerequisite: junior level standing or consent of instructor. Offered each Summer Pm-Session.
ED 509:

DEVELOPMENTALLY AND CULTURALLY APPROPRIATE
PRACTICE: THEORY, RESEARCH, AND PRACTICES
3 s.h.
Developmentally and Culturally Appropriate Practice (DCAP) is culturally congruent pedagogy as a fundamental framework for early childhood education. DCAP emphasizes teachers’ multiple/multiethnic perspectives in
learning and teaching. It promotes culturally congruent practice for individual learners. Students enrolled in the
course will have practically oriented knowledge and skills for DCAP by studying the theory and practices from various educators. It will lead them to create. their own instructional approaches for DCAP. In the course, students will
learn: (1) Developmentally Appropriate Practice (DAP), critiques of DAP and changes from DAP to DCAP; (2) current issues and trends on DCAP in education; (3) teacher preparation for DCAP, and (4) teachers’ critical creativity
in developing an integrated DCAP. Prerequisite: ED 110 or ED 121. On demand.
ED 510:

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

46

Education

ED 517:
EDUCATIONAL COMPUTER APPLICATIONS
3 s.h.
This course is designed to provide in-service educators (K-l 2) who have had little or no computer experience with
the knowledge, skills, and attitudes necessary to use microcomputers as instructional tools in their classrooms. While
acquiring computer skills. students will explore, use. and demonstrate competence in each of the following areas:
word processing, databases, spreadsheets; graphics, multimedia, instructional design, telecommunications, and
major issues associated with the use of technology in education. This course will provide in-service teachers with
the knowledge base to make appropriate decisions regarding the use of technology in their respective classrooms.
Not available to students who have taken ED 217 since summer 1994. On demand.
ED 520:
INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH
3 s.h.
This seminar course covers the selection, investigation, and writing of a research topic. Students are introduced
to the planning of research projects, major methods of obtaining data, descriptive statistics! statistical inferences,
methods of analysis and critical evaluation of published research, and the preparation of written reports. Proposed
research problems and procedures are prepared for discussion and critical analysis.
ED 521:
INSTRUCTIONAL LEADERSHIP SKILLS
3 s.h.
This course involves a survey of various theories, models, and styles of leadership, followed by the application of
leadership skills in teacher-pupil and teacher-colleague relationships.
ED 522:
ANALYSIS OF TEACHING
3 s.h.
This course presents an analysis of various teaching models and instructional designs. Videotaped lessons and
clinical/field experiences applying course competencies will be critiqued by faculty and peers.
ED 523:
CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT AND EVALUATION
3 s.h.
This course will focus on the processes of developing and evaluating school curriculum K-12. Practical application experiences with curriculum models and management systems will be included.
ED 526:
SOCIOLOGY OF EDUCATION
3 s.h.
This course is an analysis of the public school as an institution in modem societies and its operation in complex
social structures. The course draws upon the science of sociology and other social fields to explain the operation of
the school as one of the social systems which operate to influence the development of people in becoming efficient
and cooperative members of society.
ED 533:

RECENT DEVELOPMENTS IN ELEMENTARY
SOCIAL STUDIES
3 s.h.
Students explore recent trends in promoting learning in the social studies as well as study current problems involved. Social forces at work today and their effect on curriculum development are considered.

ED 534:
WORKSHOP IN EDUCATION
3 s.h.
The workshop provides opportunities for in-service teachers to encounter new ideas, knowledge, and methods in
meeting problems in today’s schools. Prerequisite: Teaching experience in the elementary or secondary schools.
ED 537:

STRATEGIES AND PROBLEMS OF TEACHING
ELEMENTARY SCHOOL MATHEMATICS
3 s.h.
This course deals with recent trends and methods of teaching mathematical concepts and skills appropriate to the
elementary grade level. Particular attention is given to diagnostic procedures and to a “hands-on” laboratory approach. Classes are conducted in a well-equipped elementary mathematics laboratory. Recent research which applies
to the teaching and learning of mathematical skills and concepts is considered.
ED 538:
GUIDANCE OF ELEMENTARY SCHOOL CHILDREN
3 s.h.
This course addresses guidance problems arising in the elementary school and principles and techniques applicable to their solution, and the role of the classroom teacher in providing services to pupils and parents are studied.
ED 542:
SEMINAR IN CHILDREN’S LITERATURE
3 s.h.
This seminar is an intensive study of various genres of children’s literature, with emphasis upon correlating books
that appeal to the interests of boys and girls into study units. A study of storytelling techniques and other literature
sharing methods are included. Prerequisite: ELED 331 or LS 358.
ED 546:
READING AND LANGUAGE ARTS IN EARLY CHILDHOOD
3 s.h.
Study and observation of the child’s early reading behavior during early childhood and observation of other aspects of language arts; exercises for listening experiences and developing writing skills; assessment of some of the
causes of difficulties in learning to read and to use language effectively.
ED 560:
DEFINING THE LITERARY PROCESS
3 s.h.
Students will define and investigate various literacy models for the purpose of creating their own philosophy of
best practice based on inquiry and reflection. Investigating current research, students will study how the reader transacts developmentally with the language of the text in a particular context and how the reader is influenced by various social factors. Fall Semester.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

47

Education

READING PEDAGOGY
3 s.h.
ED 563:
Students will define and investigate reading as related to the individual learner. Study is made of the current research into sequential and systematic reading development and the application of multi-dimensional techniques,
strategies, and materials in the teaching of reading K-12 for both narrative and expository structures. Spring Semester.
SECONDARY, COLLEGE, AND ADULT READING INSTRUCTION
3 s.h.
ED 567:
Survey of the reading programs and principles at the secondary and post-secondary levels; study of developmental characteristics, identification and assessment of learners’ needs; examination of materials and strategies for various instructional settings and populations. Prerequisite: ED 561 or ED 562 or consent of instructor.
3 s.h.
ED 568:
LANGUAGE AND LITERACY
This course is a study of literacy acquisition which includes consideration of developmental and so&cultural factors. The course examines instructional practices which utilize children’s literature in teaching the language arts.
Writing is emphasized. Prerequisite: graduate or undergraduate course in children’s literature.
READING EVALUATION
3 s.h.
ED 569:
Develops sensitivity in evaluation through analysis of testing devices: utility of tests (purpose-outcomes), characteristics of effective test administration, analytical-interpretation aimed toward synthetic integration to test results.
Introduction of case method. Prerequisite: ED 561 or ED 562.
ED 570:
PRACTICUM I: ANALYSIS
3 s.h.
The investigation of an individual’s background to determine possible causal factors for underachievement in
reading through (1) the selection and administration of appropriate diagnostic instruments, and (2) a sensitive interpretation of the cumulative results. Prerequisite: ED 569 and permission of the instructor.
ED 571:
PRACTICUM II: INSTRUCTION
3 s.h.
The emphasis in this course is the development of competency in correcting reading problems. The work includes
(1) learning the techniques and methods of corrective instruction, (2) developing expertise in using materials related
to the immediate needs of individuals, and (3) preparing a clinical case study which suggests to public schools and
other agencies the post-clinic procedures to use in a student’s academic progress. Prerequisite: ED 570 and permission of the instructor.
READING PROGRAM ORGANIZATION,
ADMINISTRATION, AND SUPERVISION
3 s.h.
The organization, administration, and supervision of reading programs from kindergarten through high school.
Particular emphasis is given to the functions of a reading specialist and development of a curriculum guide for reading, organizational patterns in reading programs, and procedures for instituting and operating in-service reading education programs. Prerequisite: Administrative experience or two reading courses.

ED 574:

ED 576:
ADVANCED SEMINAR IN READING
3 s.h.
The study and evaluation of research and current reports on reading education issues. Prerequisite: ED 570 and
ED 571.
ED 578:
PROFESSIONAL SEMINAR
3 s.h.
Students will focus on a classroom-based action research project which will serve as an integrating element for
knowledge and experiences acquired during the graduate program. Students will recognize the integrity of classroom
research and demonstrate proficiency in using and assisting classroom teachers in the process of collecting data, generating hypotheses, and implementing instructional changes grounded in inquiry and reflection. The project will synthesize course readings, discussions, group activities, applications, and observations. It will afford students the
opportunity to share effective classroom practices and will require studies of and experiences in interpreting and analyzing pertinent research to promote professional growth.
1-3 s.h.
ED 599:
SPECIAL TOPICS IN EDUCATION
Examines current topics and issues in education. Topics, which will be announced in advance, will focus on the
needs and interests of in-service educators.
ED 600:

RESEARCH

3-6 s.h.

ED 617:
ADVANCED EDUCATIONAL TECHNOLOGY
3 s.h.
This course is an advanced course for graduate students who have a background in computers or who have taken
ED 217 or ED 517 at Clarion University. The focus of this course is the development of knowledge and skills in the
following topics: hardware/software maintenance; instructional design; educational electronic networking; sophisticated applications of integrated software; and educational applications of multimedia, including interactive video
CD-ROM, sound, text, and graphics. This course will focus on preparing teachers to make appropriate decisions regarding the use of technology in their classrooms/schools. Admission by permission of instructor. On demand.
ED 700:

THESIS

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

3-6 s.h.

Master of Arts in English
College of Arts and Sciences
Graduate Faculty
Professors: T. Caesar, L. Dennis, D. Fink, K. Graham, D. Sheraw, R. Shumaker, D. Wilson; Associate Professors:
J. Bodziock, J. Huber, R. Leary, E. MacDaniel, H. Newman, P. Terman, G. Xu; Assistant Professors: C. Ferry, H.
Luthin, K. Smith, D. Sarbin, K. Stemmler

Program Objectives
The Master of Arts program in English provides students with a broad background in
many areas of English studies and the opportunity to examine areas of particular interest
in more depth. The required courses ensure that students will experience several modes of
thinking and be engaged in significant encounters with literature, critical theory, composition theory and practices, and linguistics. Elective courses allow the students to pursue
some of their own interests, while the seminar papers the students write in preparation for
their comprehensive exam enable students to engage in independent research on topics of
their own choosing. Throughout the process, students are able to draw on the guidance and
the expertise of the graduate faculty to assist them in course work and in independent research.
This program is suitable for those who wish to prepare for Ph.D. programs, for those
who seek the M.A. as a terminal degree, and for teachers who require work beyond the
bachelor’s degree for the purpose of permanent certification or other job requirements.

Admission Requirements
College of Graduate Studies admission requirements apply with the following addition:
0 Applicants must submit their Graduate Record Exam (GRE) general test scores.

Requirements for Graduation
To successfully complete the M.A. program in English, the student must:
0 complete 3 1 credit hours, at least 25 of which must be earned from 500-level courses.
Sixteen of the 31 credit hours constitute required course work, while 1.5 elective credits allow for greater flexibility in appealing to the goals and interests of the student.

Distribution of Required Courses
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG

501:
509:
510:
511:
520:
530:

Introduction to Graduate Studies in English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 s.h.
Seminar in Literary Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Seminar in English Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Seminar in American Literature . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Seminar in Writing: Theory and Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Seminar in Linguistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.

Elective Courses
Students may take as electives any of the 500-level courses offered in the department
and up to two 400-level courses chosen from among the following:
ENG
ENG
ENG

401:
412:
413:

Chaucer
Shakespeare: Comedies and Histories
Shakespeare: Tragedies and Romances

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

English

ENG
ENG
ENG
ENG

49

4.51:
458:
459:
482:

Introduction to Linguistics
History of the English Language
Language Acquisition Across Cultures
Composition: Theory and Practice

l

Complete three seminar papers on topics of the student’s choosing. While these papers are usually, but not always, based on papers written in courses, the student is expected to research and examine the issues involved more fully. Each of these papers
is written under the direction of a different faculty member who must approve the
paper before the student is allowed to take the comprehensive exam. Since these papers will represent the culmination of the student’s work in the M.S. program, it is
expected that they approach or attain the standards of professional papers. A creative
written work or portfolio of shorter creative pieces may be submitted as one of these
papers.

l

Successfully complete the oral comprehensive examination. The examination is
based upon the seminar papers and their critical contexts. The examiners will consist
of the three faculty members to whom the seminar papers were submitted. The student is responsible for and may be questioned on the paper and the research involved
in the writing of the paper.

Graduate Assistantships
Graduate assistants are given a variety of assignments and experiences useful for personal as well as professional development. Assistants gain valuable one-to-one tutorial experience in working at The Write Place, Clarion University’s writing center. Assistants
gain valuable computer experience as well as more tutorial opportunities in working at
Clarion University’s Word Processing Lab.
Assistants are also eligible to take part in our mentoring program, which affords students the opportunity to work directly with a composition instructor assisting in small
group activity and teaching classes under the supervision of the instructor.
Applicants applying for a graduate assistantship in the English Department must include
an additional letter to the department expressing their interest in an assistantship and outlining their qualifications. Applicants are also advised to request that at least one of the
people who writes a letter of recommendation speak to the applicant’s ability to tutor writing in a college setting.

English Courses
ENG 401:
CHAUCER
3 s.h.
Studies in Middle English of Chaucer’s early poems, Troilus and Criseyde, and the Canterbury Tales. Fall, evennumbered years.
ENG 412:
SHAKESPEARE: COMEDIES AND HISTORIES
3 s.h.
Provides study and discussion of problems of style, characterization, and motivation in Shakespeare’s experimental and maturing comedies, chronicle and Roman plays, and tragedies. Plays to be selected from the first two
periods of Shakespeare’s creative productions. Fall, annually.
ENG 413:
SHAKESPEARE: TRAGEDIES AND ROMANCES
3 s.h.
Provides study and discussion of problems of style, characterization, and motivation in Shakespeare’s mature
comedies, Roman plays, tragedies, and romances. Plays to be selected from the last two periods of Shakespeare’s
creative production. Spring, annually.
ENG 457:
INTRODUCTION TO LINGUISTICS
3 s.h.
Presents key concepts and basic analytical procedures common to many contemporary linguistic theories. Areas
covered in detail include phonetics and phonology, morphology, and syntax. Attention is paid to the integration of
these sub-systems in the overall design of a generative grammar. Prerequisite: ENG 262. Fall, annually.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

50

English

ENG 458:
HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
3 s.h.
Provides a study of the history of the language, including its origins and changes in structure, usage, pronunciation, spelling, vocabulary, and meaning. Intensive readings in Old and Middle English. Spring, even-numbered
years.
ENG 459:
LANGUAGE ACQUISITION ACROSS CULTURES
3 s.h.
Introduces current research in first and second language acquisition with an emphasis on the preparation of classroom teachers and other professionals to work with children/adults coming from homes in which languages other
than English are spoken. Prerequisite: ENG 262 recommended but not required.
ENG 482:
COMPOSITION: THEORY AND PRACTICE
3 s.h.
Provides a systematic study of theory, and practice in the teaching of composition, conducted through workshop
methods. The course requires extensive writing and a major written project. Prerequisites: secondary education majors in English must have completed ENG 111, 200, or 301 and have taken or be taking their methods course; others by permission of the instructor. Fall, annually.
ENG 501:
INTRODUCTION TO ENGLISH STUDIES
1 s.h.
An introduction to the strategies of graduate and professional discourse in English studies. The course also includes an introduction to bibliographic and library resources in the field. One hour weekly, in the first semester of
graduate work, by arrangement with the director of graduate studies.
ENG 509:
SEMINAR IN LITERARY THEORY
3 s.h.
A seminar on general and/or selected theoretical issues implicit in the reading of literary texts. Depending upon
the instructor, the course may cover broad matters of interpretation (authorial intention. the reader’s share. intertextuality), focus on more specific theories of reading (reader response, phenomenology, post structuralism), or consider the conceptual foundations of certain literary structures (narrative, genre, tropes).
ENG 510:
SEMINAR IN ENGLISH LITERATURE
3 s.h.
This course provides students with critical strategies to apply to specific periods, figures, or problems in English
literature. This course may be taken more than once if the course content is different.
ENG 511:
SEMINAR IN AMERICAN LITERATURE
3 s.h.
This course provides students with critical strategies to apply to specific periods, figures, or problems in American literature. This course may be taken more than once if the course content is different.
ENG 512:
SEMINAR IN LITERARY STUDIES
3 s.h.
This seminar encompasses topics that combine English, American, and other literatures in a critical discourse.
Topics may include ethnic, non-canonical, and comparative literature. Studies in the novel, drama, and the satire may
be subjects of this seminar. This course may be taken more than once if the course content is different.
ENG 515:
SEMINAR IN FILM
3 s.h.
Film language views movies as a discourse medium, using a variety of formal structures: montage, mise-en-scene,
and narrative and non-narrative patterns. These grammatical and rhetorical elements will be studied as they structure representative movie texts. Specific theories of film will also be reviewed.
ENG 520:
SEMINAR IN WRITING: THEORY AND RESEARCH
3 s.h.
Seminar in Writing explores important movements in rhetorical theory and recent trends in research as conceptually applied to writing, education, and related fields. Students study major theories about the nature of writing and
scientific inquiry into it.
ENG 521:
SEMINAR IN COMPOSITION STUDIES
3 s.h.
Seminar in Composition Studies, which builds on the classroom practices presented in ENG 520, examines recent
issues and innovations in writing with emphasis on the subspecialties of writing. Topics may include: the composing process, computers in composition, evaluation, writing across the curriculum, or critical thinking and writing.
ENG 522:
PRACTICUM IN COLLEGE TEACHING
3 s.h.
This course introduces prospective composition instructors to the principles and practices of teaching at the college or university levels and provides a forum for discussing those ideas. Students will observe composition classes,
draft syllabi, and develop, sequence, and test writing assignments. Emphasis is placed on diagnosing writing weaknesses, responding to writing, and evaluating it.
ENG 523:
INTERNSHIP IN WRITING
3 s.h.
Interns receive tutorial, promotional, educational, organizational, or technical writing experience in university or
other professional settings. This course provides for writing and editing tasks appropriate to the unit or organization.
Some administrative and research work may be involved. (No more than 6 credits may be taken from ENG 523 and
ENG 522 combined.)
ENG 530:
SEMINAR IN LINGUISTICS
3 s.h.
A study of the philosophical basis of present day generative-transformational theory and its relationship to language acquisition and semantics.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

English

51

ENG 531:
SEMINAR IN HISTORY OF THE ENGLISH LANGUAGE
3 s.h.
Advanced study in historical linguistics. The development of the English language is reviewed toward supporting
study and analysis of original historical texts in the English language. Students may elect a general approach or focus
on a specific historical period.
ENG 534:

WORKSHOPS IN ENGLISH

1-3 s.h.

ENG 540:

INDEPENDENT STUDY

1-3 s.h.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Master of Science in
Library Science
College of Education and Human Services
Department of Library Science
Graduate Faculty
Professors: A. Gamaluddin, R. Karp B. Vavrek; Associate Professors: J. Head, J. Maccaferri; Assistant Professor: W. Buchanan; Instructor: A. Miller

Mission
The Department of Library Science of Clarion University of Pennsylvania is dedicated
to educating individuals in the competencies needed for traditional and emerging careers
in librarianship. The department views librarianship as the management and dissemination
of information and knowledge to meet the needs of a global society. Within this context,
the department is committed to assisting professional librarians, their staffs, and their organizations, particularly those who serve rural populations. The department contributes to
the profession through research, publications, and the professional leadership of its faculty.

Goals
To achieve its mission, the department:
l

offers programs at the undergraduate level and professional degree programs at the
graduate level

0 develops and presents continuing education programs
0 provides programs on campus and through distance education
0 promotes faculty development
0 fosters a collegial environment

Graduate Program Objectives
The graduate program in library science provides professional study encompassing the
principles and techniques common to all types of libraries and information centers with the
opportunity for advanced work in areas of special interest. The curriculum reflects today’s
applications of information technology in libraries and information centers.
The master’s program at Clarion University was initiated in 1967 and has the distinction of being the first graduate library science program offered within the State System of
Higher Education. The program has been accredited by the American Library Association
since 1976.

M.S.L.S. Admission Requirements
Eligibility
Applicants for admission to the Master of Science in Library Science degree program must
meet College of Graduate Studies admission requirements with the following additions:

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Library Science

53

l

an overall quality-point average for the baccalaureate degree of at least 3.00 on a 4.00
scale; or

l

a 3.00 quality-point average for the last 60 credits of the baccalaureate degree with
an overall quality-point average of at least 2.75; or

l

a 2.75 to 2.99 overall quality-point average for the baccalaureate degree with a score
of at least 50 on the Miller Analogies Test or a combined score of at least 1,000 on
the quantitative and verbal sections of the Graduate Record Examination; or

l

a graduate degree in another discipline with an overall quality-point average of at
least 3.00 and an overall undergraduate quality-point average of at least 2.75.

l

International students are required to achieve a minimum score of 550 on the
TOEFL.

Procedure
While students may begin their studies during the fall or spring semesters or during any
summer session, the department recommends that they begin during the summer or fall to
ensure the ideal sequence of courses.

Transfer of Credits/Waiver of Courses
A maximum of six graduate semester hours may be transferred and/or waived in any of
the following ways:
l

Acceptable graduate credits in library science completed at Clarion University as a
non-degree student or at another institution with an ALA accredited program may be
transferred and applied toward the master’s degree. The student is responsible for filing an official graduate transcript of any work presented for transfer credit with the
chair of the Department of Library Science.

0 Graduate credit in related disciplines may be transferred upon prior approval by advisor and chair.
0 Students who have had library experience duplicating the subject matter covered in
required courses may be permitted to take a qualifying examination to determine
whether he or she might waive the course(s) and substitute elective courses. Qualifying examinations may be waived at the chair’s discretion.

Degree Requirements
The degree of Master of Science in Library Science is conferred upon the candidate who
has met the following requirements.
l

The completion of 36 hours of approved graduate study, including six required core
courses (LS 500,501, 502, 550, 553, and 561) and six elective courses.

l

The maintenance of a cumulative average of 3.00 or higher. A student who receives
a grade of “C” or lower in two or more courses is disqualified as a candidate in the
degree program unless special permission to continue is obtained from the dean of
the College of Education and Human Services.

0 The completion of all degree requirements within a six-year period. Course work
over six years old may not be applied toward the degree.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Library Science

54

Master of Science in Library Science
Degree with Pennsylvania School Library
Media Certification
A student wishing to meet Pennsylvania School Library Media Certification, K-12,
must hold a valid teaching certificate; complete 36 semester hours of an approved curriculum in library science; and complete six semester hours of internship in a school library media center.
Required courses for the Master of Science in Library Science degree with Pennsylvania School Library Media Certification include: LS 500,501,502,550,553,555/577,561,
565, 583, 459g, 490g, and either LS 540/567/568/571 or an advanced technology course
(e.g., LS 560/573/574/575/584/585, or 586).

Continuing Education
Certificate of Advanced Studies
The Certificate of Advanced Studies program is designed to provide the post-master’s
student an opportunity to expand and update professional skills and competencies through
a structured pattern of continuing education. Study may be either full- or part-time. On a
full-time basis, the certificate may be completed in two semesters. Requirements include
a written statement of personal/professional goals, completion of a program of 24 graduate credits within a four-year period, and maintenance of a 3.00 (B) quality-point average.
Documentation required for admission includes a goals statement, an official transcript
from the school which granted the master’s degree in library science, completed recommendation forms and university application, and the $25 application fee. Further information is available from the College of Graduate Studies.

Non-Degree Status
Individuals not interested in a formal degree or certificate program may enroll in
courses as a non-degree student; however, no more than six credits of work completed as
a non-degree student may later be transferred to a degree or certificate program. Students
must have a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution, submit a completed application form and official transcripts, and pay the $25 application fee. Further information is available from the College of Graduate Studies.

Graduate Assistantships and Scholarships
The Department of Library Science has available a number of assistantships for both entering and continuing students. Continuing students may compete for several department
scholarships. For more information concerning assistantships, refer to the general information section of this catalog; for information concerning library science scholarships,
contact the Department of Library Science. Applications for graduate assistantships are included in the packet of information sent to all prospective students.
Additional information on financial aid may be obtained from the booklet Financial Assistance for Library and Information Studies published by the American Library Association Committee on Education.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Library Science

55

Advisement
Students are assigned a faculty advisor upon admission to the program. Students must
discuss course scheduling with their advisor in order to register for classes each semester.
At any time, a student may select a different advisor having greater expertise and experience in the student’s area of interest. In addition to assisting students in developing a program of study, faculty advisors work with students to develop career objectives, prepare
resumes, and plan a job search.

Internship
LS 570, Internship in Librarianship, enables a student to anticipate the librarian’s professional role and to gain related experience. The major purpose of this course is to familiarize the student with practical problems in the field by providing laboratory experience
in the professional atmosphere of a cooperating library or information center.
Each student’s internship is an individual experience. The student identifies a prospective internship site and cooperating librarian and proposes a set of objectives that he or she
plans to achieve through the internship. These objectives, stated behaviorally, are discussed by the student, the faculty member responsible for the internship program, and the
cooperating librarian. Once these objectives are finalized, the student is evaluated on the
degree to which the objectives have been achieved and the process leading to the realization of the objectives. There is a periodic review of each student’s objectives.

Resources and Facilities
The Department of Library Science is located in the same building as Carlson Library.
The department’s suite of offices, classrooms, and laboratories is designed to accommodate a variety of activities for students and faculty within the immediate area. Carlson Library includes an Instructional Materials Center and a collection of juvenile books and
curriculum materials for library science study in addition to the usual reference, periodical, and circulating collections. All students receive e-mail accounts and access to the Internet.
Library science classrooms are equipped with appropriate audiovisual equipment, including networked computer display units. Students have ready access to a wide variety of
information services, both on-line and CD-ROM, and to standard microcomputer applications in the department’s Computer Laboratory. Also housed here are cataloging tools and
OCLC workstations.

Center for the Study of Rural Librarianship
The Department of Library Science is dedicated to addressing the information needs of
the constituencies of all types of libraries, large and small. The Center for the Study of
Rural Librarianship was organized in recognition of this need. “Rural” is defined by the
center as a population of 25,000 or fewer people. The center has developed out of a particular concern for library services apart from areas influenced by metropolitan library systems, i.e., the small library in the rural context. Public, school, academic, and special or
corporate libraries are all within the interests of the center. Further, library systems or networks which include the small library are included in the center’s work.
The activities of the center are varied. They include the annual hosting of a national
bookmobile conference along with statewide and regional conferences relating to community economic development and information technology. In addition to continuing education activities, the center conducts ongoing research on a wide variety of rural-related

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

56

Library Science

topics. Additionally, a major project of the center involves an annual investigation of the
impact of public libraries in the United States. This latter activity is supported by the H.W.
Wilson Foundation.
The center supports a publication program which includes a biannual journal, Rural Libraries, the only one that is currently being published in the area of rural librarianship.

Beta Phi Mu International Library Science Honor Society
Beta Phi Mu was founded in August 1948 at the University of Illinois by a group of
leading librarians and library educators. The motto of the society is “Aliis Inserviendo
Consumor,” which reflects the dedication that librarians must possess toward service to
others if books are to become instruments of liberal education.
Beta Phi Mu approved a chapter at Clarion in August 1978. The chapter, Beta Sigma,
was installed and the first members were initiated in spring 1980. Membership in this international society is granted to a graduate of a library school program accredited by the
American Library Association who has earned a 3.75 scholastic average on a 4.00 scale
and has been recommended by the library school faculty. The faculty recommendation attests to the candidate’s professional competence and promise. At present, the local chapter is permitted to grant membership to only 25 percent of the graduating class each year.

Opportunities for Service
American Library Association Student Chapter
The American Library Association Student Chapter was established in 1992 and formally recognized by the Student Senate in 1993. It provides both undergraduate and graduate students with opportunities for professional education and service beyond those
provided by course work. Chapter activities include round table discussions, field trips,
participation in community projects, and sponsorship of colloquium speakers.

Library Media and Information Science Society
The Library Media and Information Science Society (LMISS) completes library-related
service projects, sponsors colloquium speakers, and undertakes trips to libraries and conferences. An informal organization, LMISS invites all undergraduate and graduate students interested in libraries.

Special Libraries Association Student Chapter
The Special Libraries Association Student Chapter was established in 1996 and officially recognized by the association in the same year. Special libraries and information
centers are found in businesses, government agencies, museums, hospitals, and professional associations. The student chapter offers students opportunities to learn more about
special librarianship by visiting special libraries, by sponsoring speakers, and by participating in service projects in local libraries.

Department Governance
Students are encouraged to participate in developing and evaluating department policies
and procedures through membership on department and university committees.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Library Science

57

Career Outlook
Prospects for the future are extremely positive for well-prepared new graduates guided
by creative faculty advisors. Employment opportunities vary according to the type of library, educational qualifications, and the areas of specialization of the individual preparing to enter the profession. The librarian who is flexible with respect to geographic area
and willing to meet the challenge of serving special groups will have especially good opportunities for employment.

Placement Service
Clarion University of Pennsylvania and the Department of Library Science assist both
students and alumni in obtaining positions in libraries and related agencies by acting as a
clearinghouse for current job information and by posting vacancy announcements. Official
academic transcripts, however, must be requested by the student from the university registrar. The Department of Library Science publishes a comprehensive position listing
which is available to all.
The Office of Career Services provides assistance to all graduates by maintaining a tile
of vacancy notices received from public schools, government agencies, business, and industry. It also provides assistance in preparing resumes and in developing interview and
communication skills,

Library Science Courses
0 s.h.
LS 432:
COLLOQUIUM
Lectures, discussions, multi-media presentations given by guest speakers, faculty, and others. Reinforces concepts
presented in course studies and provides the student with insight into the trends and issues of the profession.
3 s.h.
LS 459g:
MEDIA, METHODS, AND THE CURRICULUM
Planning for the effective use of school library media services in cooperation with the instructional staff. Examination of school library media philosophies and educational objectives. Development of a library media program.
Examines the librarian’s role in designing curriculum, in developing teaching-learning strategies, and in working
with teachers, students and administrators. Prerequisites: LS 555 or 577,583, 490, and 565.
LS 490g:

LIBRARY MATERIALS AND SERVICES FOR
3 s.h.
SPECIAL AUDIENCES
An opportunity for students to explore the nature and needs of special groups of library users in order to develop
collections of materials and to design programs of services to accommodate those needs. Special needs in all types
of library settings-academic, public, school, and special-are examined in particular; the unique characteristics and
instructional needs of exceptional learners who use the school library are explored. Bibliotherapy and other techniques are investigated to determine their validity for the exceptional learner.
LS 500:
3 s.h.
INFORMATION SOURCES AND SERVICES
Philosophy and techniques of information services in libraries, with the sources, tools, and technology essential
to the reference process. Specific reference problems and research studies, the reference interview, and search strategies are considered. Recommended as an elective for non-library science students in other graduate programs.
LS 501:
DEVELOPING LIBRARY COLLECTIONS
3 s.h.
Acquiring familiarity with basic bibliographical tools, current reviewing media, and acquisitions procedures. Establishment of policies and criteria for the selection and evaluation of book and non-book materials.
LS 502:
CATALOGING AND CLASSIFICATION
3 s.h.
Principles of the organization of book and non-book materials. Descriptive cataloging and determination of main
entry through the use of the ACC rules. The structure and application of the Dewey Decimal Classification, the Library of Congress Classification, and standard subject authority lists. The use of printed cards and on-line cataloging
(OCLC). The study of filing rules and the structure. of library catalogs.
LS 540:
MULTICULTURAL LIBRARY SERVICES AND SOURCES
3 s.h.
An opportunity for students to explore, understand, and develop library resources and services for multicultural,
diverse, and disabled populations. Library resources and services are examined particularly as they relate to ethnicity, race, gender, gender preference, and disability. No prerequisites.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

58

Library Science

LS 550:
INTRODUCTION TO RESEARCH IN LIBRARY SCIENCE
3 s.h.
Study of the scientific methods of planning, conducting, and reporting investigation and research in library science, including specific problems in library service. Critical analysis of research in professional literature. Designed
to develop skill in interpreting research results.
LS 551:
STORYTELLING
3 s.h.
Study of the heritage and art of traditional storytelling, the literary sources for contemporary storytelling, and the
techniques for preparing and presenting story programs. Consideration will be given to multi-media storytelling, including puppetry. Students will present stories in class and in the community. Prerequisite: LS 577 (or equivalent).
Open to M.Ed. candidates by permission from the instructor.
LS 552:
ADVANCED CATALOGING AND CLASSIFICATION
3 s.h.
Comparison of classification schemes. Handling special problems in the cataloging of resources. Emphasis on Library of Congress Classification and subject headings. Opportunities to use the OCLC terminal. Prerequisite: LS
502.
LS 553:
MANAGEMENT OF LIBRARIES
3 s.h.
Problems of organization, budget, personnel management. Architectural design, with emphasis on the relationship
of physical structure to library function. Study of standards for evaluating library services.
LS 555:
HISTORY OF CHILDREN’S LITERATURE
3 s.h.
Survey of the history and development of children’s literature from the Anglo-Saxon period in England through
the nineteenth century. Open to M.Ed. degree candidates by permission from the instructor.
LS 556:
3 s.h.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SCIENCES
Survey of the literature and practice of librarianship in major areas of the sciences, including engineering, geology, chemistry, mathematics, physics, biology, medicine. Prerequisite: LS 500.
LS 557:
3 s.h.
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE SOCIAL SCIENCES
Survey of the literature and practice of librarianship in major areas of the social sciences, including anthropology,
business, education, economics, geography, history, political science, psychology, sociology. Prerequisite: LS 500.
LS 558:
BIBLIOGRAPHY OF THE HUMANITIES
3 s.h.
Survey of the literature and practice of librarianship in the humanities, including art, literature, music, philosophy,
religion. Prerequisite: LS 500.
LS 560:
LIBRARIES AND PUBLIC ACCESS COMPUTING
3 s.h.
Analysis of the present and future roles of academic, school, and public libraries in the emerging environment of
public access computing. Enabling librarians to take a leadership role in public access computing is a major goal of
this course.
LS 561:
INFORMATION STORAGE AND RETRIEVAL
3 s.h.
Introduces the history and concepts of library and information science. Covers the study of information, bibliometrics, and the development and characteristics of information systems used by librarians. Includes different methods of indexing and different search capabilities in both manual and automated information systems. The course
includes an introduction to the fundamentals underlying library-related, computer-based information systems.
LS 562:
GOVERNMENT DOCUMENTS
3 s.h.
Study and evaluation of selected federal, state, and municipal documents, foreign government publications, and
the United Nations. The nature of documents, their reference and research value; the techniques of acquisition, organization, and bibliographic control; on-line commercial and government data bases. Prerequisites: LS 500, 502.
LS 565:
NONBOOK RESOURCES
3 s.h.
Selection, acquisition, organization, storage, and maintenance of nonbook materials of all formats in libraries and
system-wide centers. Sample materials are previewed, evaluated, and used for programming and instruction.
THE LIBRARY AND SOCIETY
3 s.h.
LS 567:
Study of the historical development of the library, function of the modem library in society; current trends in librarianship, information sciences, library literature, and implications for future service.
HISTORY OF BOOKS AND PRINTING
3 s.h.
LS 568:
Study of the evolution of the printed book through a survey of the origin of recorded communication; history of
writing materials; study of manuscript production, typography, type design, illustration, bookbinding, book production, and copyright from the earliest times to the present.
LS 569:
TECHNICAL SERVICES
3 s.h.
Introduction to the historical development and current trends of technical services; management and systems involved in the operation/automation of a technical services department (acquisitions, serials control, charging systems, cataloging, and classification). Prerequisites: LS 501,502.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Library Science

59

3-6 s.h.
INTERNSHIP IN LIBRARIANSHIP
LS 570:
Provides a laboratory experience in the professional atmosphere of a cooperating library or information center.
Evaluation is based on observation, participation, and responsibility for assigned activities. Supervision, seminar
meetings, and an evaluative report are required. By permission of the instructor.
3 s.h.
LS 571:
INTERNATIONAL LIBRARIANSHIP
Study of libraries and librarianship in selected countries, with emphasis on library education as related to culture,
technological advances, and global politics. Considers the role of professional organizations and the impact of
worldwide library education.
LIBRARY AUTOMATION
3 s.h.
LS 573:
Survey of library automation; the application of computers to library technical and administrative processes. The
state of the art; case studies of automation projects; systems analysis; design of library automation projects.
LS 574:
DATABASE SEARCHING
3 s.h.
General introduction to interactive database searching, including database producers, search system vendors,
management of search services, search strategy, boolean searching, structure and indexing of computer stored files.
The course includes historical and background information. Greatest emphasis is on becoming a proficient searcher.
3 s.h.
LS 575:
INFORMATION SYSTEMS
Seminar approach is used to allow students to examine topics of interest in the information systems field, culminating in the preparation of a term project such as a literature survey, the design of a computer program, or other
topics appropriate to the course of studies.
LS 576:
SPECIAL TOPIC IN LIBRARIANSHIP
3 s.h.
In-depth discussion, study, and research of a topic related to the role of the library in responding to social issues,
service to special groups, or problem areas. The following represent typical offerings: (1) Bibliotherapy; (2) Microcomputers in Libraries; (3) Library Services for the Gifted; (4) Media and Minorities; (5) Oral History; (6) Connectivity: Understanding the information infrastructure. Prerequisites: LS 500, 501, 502, equivalent or permission
of the instructor. A maximum of six credit hours may be applied toward graduation.
3 s.h.
LS 577:
LIBRARIES, LITERATURE, AND THE CHILD
Opportunity for graduate students to investigate (1) the nature of children’s literature; (2) the utilization of children’s literature in school, public and special library settings; (3) trends in children’s literature as a part of the total
body of literature and as an educational force; and (4) current research in the field. Not open to students who have
taken LS 358 for graduate credit.
THE RURAL PUBLIC LIBRARY IN AN URBAN ENVIRONMENT
LS 578:
3 s.h.
Introduction to the public library in the United States, with special concern for the small rural library. Particular
emphasis on the problems and limitations of such libraries and approaches for overcoming them.
LIBRARY MARKETING AND THE COMMUNITY
3 s.h.
LS 580:
Addresses the following aspects of successful community analysis and marketing of library services: the current
and potential library users; their specific informational needs; and how the library can provide adequate service.
LS 581:
SEMINAR IN PROBLEMS OF RURAL LIBRARY SERVICES
3 s.h.
Problem analysis approach to providing services to rural populations by school, public, academic, and other libraries. Examines networking, technology, funding, governmental regulations, etc., as they relate to rural library services. Prerequisites: LS 550,553.
3 s.h.
LS 582:
SERIALS
Organization and management of serial publications: includes the format, selection, bibliographic control (manual and mechanized), and preservation techniques; the selection of jobbers and the services they offer. Prerequisites:
LS 501,502.
LS 583:
LIBRARIES, LITERATURE, AND YOUNG ADULTS
3 s.h.
Examination of the role of the librarian in the selection, evaluation, and use of materials for junior and senior high
school age persons. Includes a study of young adult literature and trends affecting its development; techniques for
providing reader advisory services; methods of reaching and serving multicultural and special needs audiences;
characteristics of the young adult in contemporary society; and development of programs and other means of introducing young adults to books and nonbook media, with special attention to emerging electronic products and services.
LS 584:
AUTOMATED BIBLIOGRAPHIC CONTROL
3 s.h.
Incorporates theory and practice of automated bibliographic control as applied to acquisitions, cataloging, interlibrary loan, and serials control. The course includes an orientation to the major bibliographic utilities, including
OCLC, and to selected CD-ROM products. Both the technical and managerial aspects of automated bibliographic
control are covered. Prerequisite: LS 502.
MICROCOMPUTERS IN LIBRARIES
3 s.h.
LS 585:
This course is concerned with the concepts and uses of microcomputer technology, including LANs and CD-ROM
LANs, in all types of libraries. Emphasis is on hardware and software applications as they relate to library functions,
e.g., data management and information services.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

60

Library Science

LS 586:
LIBRARIES AND NETWORKING
3 s.h.
This course is concerned with the principles, concepts, and application of networking activities in all types of libraries. National and international networks are emphasized, particularly the Internet.
LS 587:
INDEXING AND ABSTRACTING
3 s.h.
In-depth survey and hands-on development of documents surrogates, including annotations, abstracts, precis, and
other forms of indexing.
LS 588:
PRESERVATION AND CONSERVATION OF LIBRARY MATERIALS
3 s.h.
Survey of preservation and conservation activities in libraries and information centers, including disaster planning, environmental factors, treatment of brittle books, library binding, special problems of non-book materials, and
basic conservation treatments. Prerequisites: LS 501 or permission of instructor.
LS 591:
BUSINESS REFERENCE SOURCES AND SERVICES
3 s.h.
Survey of the literature and services which would be expected in a business library or department of business information. Includes an in-depth examination of major business reference tools, as well as in-depth examination of
the special operations, organization, and management of business libraries and departments of business information.
LS 600:
INDEPENDENT STUDY/SEMINAR
l-3 s.h.
An opportunity for the advanced graduate student to investigate in depth a facet of librarianship and to prepare a
scholarly paper or project to report his or her findings. The topic for study must be approved by a faculty committee, and the work must be supervised by a faculty member. Prerequisites: LS 500,501,502,550,553.
LS 701:
SUPERVISION OF THE LIBRARY MEDIA PROGRAM
3 s.h.
Designed to develop competencies in planning, coordinating, and directing a district-wide program. Emphasis
will be placed on developing administrative abilities in order to provide all types of library media services and on
refining leadership qualities for the improvement of instruction. Managerial, administrative, and supervisory competencies will be developed.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Master of Education Degree
in Mathematics
College of Arts and Sciences
Graduate Faculty
Professors: N. Bezak, D. Bhattacharya, B. Freed, S. Gendler, J. Reynolds; Associate Professors: R. Engle, S. Ringland, G. Rock, T. Wimer; Assistant Professors: K. Bolinger, D. Hipfel, M. Parker, D. Schaal

Program Objectives
The Master of Education in mathematics is designed to permit in-service teachers of
secondary mathematics to obtain permanent certification in mathematics as they further
their graduate education in the discipline. Students have an opportunity to meet all the
competencies recommended by the Committee on Undergraduate Programs in Mathematics (CUPM) and other certifying agencies while obtaining additional depth in the field and
sharpening teaching skills. The program also provides students in related fields an opportunity to work concurrently toward teaching certification and a Master of Education degree.

Admission Requirements
Most students will enter the program with an undergraduate major in mathematics with
secondary teaching certification and will have had the following courses or their equivalents:
MATH
MATH
MATH
MATH
MATH
ED

300:
321:
357:
370:
451:
339:

Intro. to Advanced Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h
Intermediate Applied Statistics I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Modern Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Linear Algebra. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3s.h.
Modem Algebra I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Methods of Teaching and Evaluating Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.

Students lacking these courses may be required to take them in addition to their degree requirements.

Degree Requirements
To fulfill degree requirements for graduation, students must:
l
l

l

complete a minimum of 30 semester hours of course work;
maintain a quality-point average of 3.00/4.00 in all courses presented for the degree;
and
complete a satisfactory research paper or pass a comprehensive examination.

Proficiency Requirements
Proficiency in real analysis demonstrated by completing MATH 47 1: Real Analysis I (3
semester hours) or by examination. Proficiency in computer programming demonstrated
by completing CIS 163: Introduction to Programming and Algorithms I or equivalent
course or by experience.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Mathematics

62

REQUIRED COURSES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 s.h.
MATH
MATH
MATH
ED

531:
532:
533:
634:

Topics in Geometry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Statistics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Foundations of High School Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Teaching Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.

ELECTIVES IN EDUCATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3-6 s.h.

At least one of the following:
520:
521:
522:
523:
526:
537:

Introduction to Research . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructional Leadership Skills . . . . . . . .
Analysis of Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curriculum Development and Evaluation
Sociology of Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Strategies-Problems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

RELATED ELECTIVES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

. . . .
........
........
........
........
........
.

...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........
...........

........
........
........
........
........
........

3
3
3
3
3
3

s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.

. . . . . . . .0-3 s.h.

One course may be chosen from a related area in consultation with the advisor. Related
areas include: library science, business, communication, education.
ELECTIVES IN MATHEMATICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9-15 s.h.
MATH
530:
541:
MATH
MATH 553-554:
MATH
555:
MATH
557:
MATH
559:
MATH 561-562:
MATH
563:
MATH
569:
MATH
575:
573:
MATH
MATH
580:
MATH
599:

New Mathematics-Elem. Classroom . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Recreational Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Functions of a Real Variable I, II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 s.h.
Topology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Infinite Series . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Complex Variables I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Abstract Algebra I, II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 s.h.
Linear Algebra . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Mathematical Logic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Algebraic Number Theory I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Numerical Analysis I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Individual Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . varied

Assistantships
A very limited number of assistantships may be available. These are awarded only to
full-time students. All applicants for assistantships must complete the regular admission
procedure in order to be considered for an appointment and then tile a letter of application
with the chair of the Department of Mathematics. Applications should be submitted by
April 15.

Advisement
Upon admission to the M.Ed. program in mathematics, students are assigned advisors
who will help them plan their programs. It is the responsibility of students, with the help
of their advisors, to meet all requirements for the degree.

Facilities
Facilities include a conference room and study areas on the ground floor of Peirce Science Center. Students have access to the VAX computer directly and through on-line terminals. In addition, hands-on use of Macintosh microcomputers in our computer
laboratory is encouraged.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Mathematics

63

Mathematics Courses
NEW MATHEMATICS-ELEM. CLASSROOM
MATH 530:
A seminar on recent topics in mathematics of interest to elementary school teachers.

3 s.h.

3 s.h.
TOPICS IN GEOMETRY
MATH 531:
Topics to be selected from: Properties of Triangles, Properties of Circles, Collinearity and Congruence, Transformational Geometry, Inversive Geometry, Projective Geometry. Prerequisite: MATH 357.

MATH532

3 s.h.
STATISTICS
Probability theory, combinatorial analysis, stochastic independence, binomial, Poisson and normal distributions,
Bernoulli Trials, momenta generating functions, Markov Chains, time dependent stochastic processes. Prerequisite:
MATH 421, Mathematical Statistics I.

FOUNDATIONS OF HIGH SCHOOL MATHEMATICS
3 s.h.
MATH 533:
An upper level development of the basic structure of the natural numbers with indications how to present them in
the high school classroom. Topics including integers, fractions, real and complex numbers are followed by computational techniques such as Newton Raphson method with computer applications in the secondary class room. Prerequisite: MATH 452, Modem Algebra II.
TEACHING MATHEMATICS
3 s.h.
ED 634:
Advanced topics in the teaching of mathematics for secondary teachers. Topics may include curriculum design
and evaluation, pedagogical models, testing, theory of learning, computers in the classroom, and current research
and trends in mathematics education.
RECREATIONAL MATHEMATICS
3 s.h.
MATH 54 1:
A survey of recreational mathematics through history. Topics include arithmetic, geometric and topological recreations, paradoxes, games, and board puzzles.
3 s.h. ea.
FUNCTIONS OF REAL VARIABLE I, II
MATH 553-4:
Fundamental properties of continuous and differentiable functions, uniform convergence, Lesbegue measure and
integration. Prerequisite: MATH 472 or its equivalent.
3 s.h.
MATH 555:
TOPOLOGY
Topological space, connectedness, compactness, continuity, separability, countability axioms, and metric spaces.
Prerequisite: MATH 471 or its equivalent.
3 s.h.
INFINITE SERIES
MATH 557:
Convergent series of constants, power series, summability, uniform convergence, Fourier series. Prerequisite:
MATH 471 or its equivalent.
3 s.h.
FUNCTIONS OF A COMPLEX VARIABLE I
MATH 559:
Analytic functions, Cauchy’s integral theorems, Taylor series, analytic continuation, residue theory. Prerequisite:
MATH 472 or its equivalent.
ABSTRACT ALGEBRA I, II
MATH 561-2:
Theory of groups, rings, ideals, integral domains, and fields. Prerequisite: MATH 452 or its equivalent.

3 s.h.

LINEAR ALGEBRA
MATH 563:
Vector spaces, matrices, linear transformations. Prerequisite: MATH 452 or its equivalent.

3 s.h.

MATHEMATICAL LOGIC
MATH 569:
An introduction to mathematical logic.

3 s.h.

MATH 573:
NUMERICAL ANALYSIS I
3 s.h.
Basic properties of round off error, polynominal approximation, interpolation, numerical differentiation, numerical quadrature, functional approximation, solution of non-linear equations and simultaneous linear equations. Prerequisite: MATH 460 or its equivalent.
ALGEBRAIC NUMBER THEORY I
3 s.h.
MATH 575:
Algebraic number fields, cyclotomic fields, algebraic integers, integral bases and discriminant, arithmetic in algebraic number fields, properties of ideals including the Fundamental Theorem of Ideal Theory. Prerequisite: MATH
452.
SEMINAR
3 s.h.
MATH 580:
Selected topics in algebra, analysis, geometry, topology. Prerequisite: One graduate course in the selected area.
1-3 s.h.
MATH 599:
INDIVIDUAL RESEARCH
Original mathematical research under the supervision of a member of the graduate faculty of the Department of
Mathematics. Prerequisite: Permission of student’s graduate committee.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Master of Science Degree in Nursing
Family Nurse Practitioner Program
Clarion University/Slippery Rock University
Graduate Faculty
Director: Dr. Joyce White (SRU); Associate Professors: M. Kavoosi (CU), R. Nelson (SRU), J. White (SRU); Assistant Professors: N. Falvo (CU), R. Leo (SRU), C. Nelson-Somerville (CU), K. Risco (SRU)
Clarion University and Slippery Rock University jointly offer a Master of Science in
Nursing with a family nurse practitioner emphasis. This is a 45 credit degree program leading to a master’s degree in nursing. Graduates of the program will receive a joint degree
granted by both universities.
Courses are offered at both Clarion and Slippery Rock Universities, including sites in
Clarion, Oil City, Pittsburgh, Slippery Rock, and Cranberry Township. Students may enroll in courses at either or both universities and may select one university site for advisement. Students enrolled in the program may utilize the facilities and services of both
universities. Information about program requirements and administrative matters are available at both universities. Student advisors are available at both universities.

Program Objectives
Education at the master’s level builds on the knowledge and skills that individuals obtain in baccalaureate nursing programs. It provides opportunities to apply advanced nursing knowledge and related theories to practice settings. Learning includes research
methodology for application to nursing problems and participation in research studies. The
educational process provides for role development and related experiences which encompass leadership, management, teaching, and clinical practice.
The Master of Science in Nursing Program affords advanced practice nurses the opportunity to contribute to research and practice in a technologically dynamic society. The
nursing program provides the foundation for a life-long process of personal and professional growth as well as for post-graduate education.

Program Outcomes
Graduates will:
1. Synthesize knowledge from nursing, the sciences, and humanities into advanced
nursing practice.
2. Demonstrate critical thinking and diagnostic reasoning in decision-making activities.
3. Use theoretical knowledge and research findings as a foundation for advanced
nursing practice.
4. Incorporate professional/legal standards and moral/ethical values into a culturally
sensitive practice.
5. Exercise leadership in nursing and health care through clinical practice, nursing
education, and administrative activities.
6. Build a professional system that includes interdisciplinary collaboration and teamwork.
7. Participate in legislative and policy-making endeavors that influence health care
services and practices.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Nursing

65

8. Contribute to nursing knowledge through advanced nursing practice and research.

Admission Requirements
College of Graduate Studies (CU) and College of Graduate Studies and Research (SRU)
admission requirements apply and include the following:
l

Completed program application materials

0 Payment of the $25 application fee
0 Evidence of an earned baccalaureate degree in nursing from an NLN accredited program
l

An undergraduate grade-point average of 2.75 on a 4.00 scale

l

Submission of official general Graduate Record Examination (GRE) scores

0 One year of recent full-time clinical practice or two years of part-time clinical practice
0 Demonstrated ability in typing, using computer keyboard and using a word processing package
l

Ability to analyze statistical data

Post-master’s registered nurses interested in pursuing education as a family nurse practitioner are eligible for advanced placement in the program. The degree of advanced placement for these students will be evaluated on an individual basis according to credentials,
education, and professional experience.

Program Policies
l

Pennsylvania Nursing License Requirement: Although it is not a condition of admission, all students will be required to possess a current Pennsylvania Nursing License
prior to enrollment in clinical courses.

l

Students may transfer up to 12 credits of approved non-clinical course work if
courses were taken within five years. Students may not transfer credits from another
master’s degree.

l

Students may challenge up to three credits of course work with permission.

l

Students are admitted into the MSN-FNP program after they have met the graduate
admission requirements of Clarion University and Slippery Rock University and
have been recommended for acceptance by the Joint Committee for Graduate Nursing Education. Notification of acceptance is by the Graduate Office of Clarion University (Administrative Site).

l

Students are expected to have identified potential preceptors by the time they register for clinical courses in which precepting is required.

Degree Requirements
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation, the student must complete 45 semester hours, including required courses with a QPA of 3.00 or better on a 4.00 scale. Students
must apply for degree candidacy between 6 and 12 credits. A research thesis or project is
required for graduation.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

66

Nursing

A post-master’s certification program is available to individuals holding a graduate degree in nursing who wish to become certified as a family nurse practitioner. Post-master’s
students are not required to apply for degree candidacy.

Performance Requirements
Retention Policy
Students who fail to maintain an overall quality-point average (QPA) of 3.0 are automatically placed on probation. Students placed on probation must achieve satisfactory
academic standing within one semester of registration or be removed from the program.
NON-CLINICAL COURSES
Students may earn a grade of “C” in only one non-clinical course without jeopardizing
their status in the program. If an additional grade of “C” is earned, the student will be automatically placed on probation. Students placed on probation must repeat a “C” course
and earn a grade of “B” or better the next semester that the course is offered or be removed
from the program. Only two “C” grades can be repeated. Additional grades of “C” will be
cause for removal from the program. Students earning a grade below “C” are automatically placed on probation.
CLINICAL COURSES
Students must maintain a “B” average in all clinical courses. If a grade of “C” is earned,
the student will be automatically placed on probation. Students placed on probation must
repeat that clinical course and earn a grade of “B” or better the next semester that course
is offered or be removed from the program. Students can repeat one clinical course. An additional “C” in any clinical course will be cause for removal from the program. Students
earning a grade below “C” are automatically placed on probation.

Progression Policy
Students cannot progress in clinical courses while on probation. Students earning a
grade below “C” in an MSN course may not progress and must repeat the course at its next
offering in order to continue in any clinical course. No course with a letter grade below
“C” may count toward fulfillment of requirements for the master’s degree.

Graduation Policy
Students must have an overall quality-point average (QPA) of 3.0 in order to graduate
from the program or receive certification as a family nurse practitioner. The maximum
time for completion of the degree program is six calendar years. Students must finish the
program no later than two semesters after completing the clinical practice and research requirements.

Advisement
As part of the application process, the candidate must meet with a faculty advisor for an
admission interview. Upon admission to the MSN-Family Nurse Practitioner Program the
student will be assigned a faculty advisor. The student may select an advisor from either
Clarion or Slippery Rock graduate faculty. Before the first course work is begun, the successful applicant should meet with the graduate advisor for orientation and assistance in

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

67

Nursing

planning the first semester program. When the student has earned between six and twelve
credits, he or she must apply for candidacy after meeting with the designated advisor.
A minimum of nine credits per semester is considered a full load for graduate students.
Twelve semester hours is a maximum load during the summer sessions. Exceptions may
be authorized by the dean of the College of Graduate Studies upon recommendation by the
graduate faculty of Clarion University and Slippery Rock University acting upon a written petition by the student.
It is the candidate’s responsibility to file, with the aid of his or her advisor, an Application for Graduation prior to the published deadline during the semester in which he or she
intends to graduate.

Courses
The following courses are required of all students graduating with a Master of Science
in Nursing-Family Nurse Practitioner Program:
NURS
NURS
NURS
NURS
NURS
NURS
NURS
NURS
NURS
NURS
NURS
NURS
NURS
NURS

601:
602:
605:
610:
614:
615:
620:
630:
631:
640:
641:
645:
750:
800

Advanced Concepts in Pathophysiology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Pharmacologic Applications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Evolution of Nursing Theory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Advanced Concepts in Nursing Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Nursing Intervention with Families . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Advanced Health Assessment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Clinical Decision Making I . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Clinical Decision Making II . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5
Clinical Decision Making II: Role Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .l
5
Clinical Decision Making III .
Clinical Decision Making III: Role Seminar . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . l
Nursing and Public Policy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Internship . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .6
Thesis/Project . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3
Total 45 credits

NURS 601: Advanced Concepts in Pathophysiology is a prerequisite to NURS 602:
Pharmacologic Applications and NURS 615: Advanced Health Assessment. NURS 605:
Evolution of Nursing Theory is a prerequisite to NURS 610: Advanced Concepts in Nursing Research.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

68

Nursing

Curriculum
COURSE SEQUENCE
FULL-TIME
Fall-Year 1

Spring-Year 1

Summer-Year 1

615 Adv. Health Assessment
601 Adv. Con. Pathophysiology
614 Nursing Int. with Families
605 Evol. of Nursing Theory

610
602
645
620

TBA or Thesis

Fall-Year 2

Spring-Year 2

Summer-Year 2

630/631 Clinical Decision II

640/641 Clinical Decision III

Internship

Fall-Year 1

Spring-Year 1

Summer-Year 1

614 Nursing Int. with Families
601 Adv. Con. Pathophysiology

645 Nursing & Public Policy
602 Pharmacologic Appl.

TBA

Fall-Year 2

Spring-Year 2

Summer-Year 2

615 Adv. Health Assessment
605 Evol. of Nursing Theory

610 Adv. Con. in Research
620 Clinical Decision I

Thesis

Fall-Year 3

Spring-Year 3

Summer-Year 3

630/631 Clinical Decision II

640/641 Clinical Decision III

Internship

Adv. Con. in Research
Pharmacologic Appl.
Nursing & Public Policy
Clinical Decision I

PART-TIME

Nursing Courses
ADVANCED CONCEPTS IN PATHOPHYSIOLOGY
NURS 601:
3 s.h.
The certified nurse practitioner must combine an understanding of the complexity of biochemical and anatomical
alterations that culminate in disease, and the corrective mechanisms of a wide range of drugs and other therapies that
will result in a best fit of diagnosis and treatment. Since patients afflicted with major diseases present with diverse
signs and symptoms, the goal of the course will be to present diseases from a multi-system approach and then explore the logic of the current therapies known to cure or arrest the disease. Fall, annually and as needed.
NURS 602:
PHARMACOLOGIC APPLICATIONS
3 s.h.
This course will cover principles of pharmacology as applied to advanced nursing practice. This includes drug effectiveness, mechanism, and interaction. Emphasis will be on the pharmacological action of drugs on specific organ
systems and the clinical use of drugs in treatment of disease conditions. This course focuses upon birth through adolescence in regard to health promotion, wellness maintenance, disease prevention, early detection of problems,
prompt treatment of acute illness, and support for management and self care during chronic conditions. Prerequisite:
NURS 601. Fall, annually and as needed.
NURS 605:
EVOLUTION OF NURSING THEORY
3 s.h.
This course focuses on selected aspects of theory development in nursing science. Emphasis is given to the study
of epistemological issues related to the evolution of theory in nursing. Varying levels and components of theories
are explored. Major strategies for theory development, including concept analysis synthesis, and theory derivation
are analyzed. Students gain experience in critically examining major existing theoretical models. Spring, annually.
3 s.h.
NURS 610:
ADVANCED CONCEPTS IN NURSING RESEARCH
This course examines the relationship and contribution of nursing research to the development of nursing science.
The growth of research will be traced over the course of the last century, with particular emphasis on the evolution
which has occurred since mid-century. Students will be assisted to increase their ability to critically evaluate published research and to make decisions concerning its applicability to practice. Additionally, students will develop a
proposal for an individual or group research project which may become the foundational work for the thesis. Prerequisite: NURS 605 or by permission of instructor. Spring, annually and as needed.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Nursing

69

NURSING INTERVENTION WITH FAMILIES
3 s.h.
NURS 614:
This course examines family theory and its application to advanced nursing practice. Dynamics of family theory
are investigated as they relate to current issues affecting today’s families. It focuses on established models of family development in analyzing the contemporary family system. This course will provide opportunities for the student
to relate family theory to advanced practice of nursing. The student will evaluate the relationship between therapeutic nursing intervention and family health. This course may he taken concurrently with NURS 620, but it is required as a prerequisite to all other clinical nursing courses in the nurse practitioner concentration. Fall, annually.
ADVANCED HEALTH ASSESSMENT
NURS 615:
3 s.h.
This course builds upon the basic assessment skills of the nurse. It is designed to augment, refine, and enhance
the practitioner’s ability to assess the health status of individuals, to recognize deviant and abnormal findings, to
evaluate responses to illness, and to identify health risks. The course will enable the practitioner to collect a comprehensive health history and perform a complete physical examination. Course content will emphasize a holistic
approach towards assessment. Specialized assessment tests and procedures and laboratory test data will be used by
the practitioner to uncover client health cues in addition to those identified by questioning and examining. The practitioner’s skill in assessing a client’s resources, strengths, limitations, and coping behaviors will be intensified. One
lecture and six clinical hours weekly. Prerequisite: NURS 601. Fall, annually and as needed.
CLINICAL DECISION MAKING I
3 s.h.
NURS 620:
This course emphasizes clinical data-gathering skills, diagnostic reasoning, and clinical problem-solving in the
management of common health problems of clients throughout the lifespan. Critical thinking skills are emphasized
and honed and are used to amplify common sense, intuition, and simple reasoning. Emphasis is placed upon the
analysis and synthesis of client data for diagnosis and for identification of appropriate nursing and other therapeutic interventions to be used by the advanced-practice nurse. Two lecture and three clinical hours weekly. This course
is required as a prerequisite to all other clinical nursing courses. Prerequisite: NURS 615. Fall, annually and as
needed.
CLINICAL DECISION MAKING II
NURS 630:
5 s.h.
This course focuses upon birth through adolescence in regard to health promotion, wellness maintenance, disease
prevention, early detection of problems, prompt treatment of acute illness, and support for management and self care
during chronic conditions. All dimensions of development and the total health of the child and family are considered. Course theory seeks to expand the practitioner’s base of knowledge and understanding while clinical practicum
provides an opportunity for the application of learning and the enhancement of decision-making skills. Opportunity
is provided for the development of skill in selected therapeutic interventions related to health care of the client from
birth through adolescence. The course provides for expansion of knowledge for application in working with clients,
families, and colleagues in clinical practice. Collaboration with other health care providers is fostered. Three lecture
and six clinical hours weekly. This course must be taken concurrently with NURS 631. Prerequisites: Minimum
grade of “B” in NURS 614, 615, and 620. Spring, annually.
CLINICAL DECISION MAKING II: ROLE SEMINAR
1 s.h.
NURS 631:
This seminar: a controlled environment for deliberation on clinical situations encountered. explores the role of the
practitioner in advanced nursing practice. It provides opportunities for discussion of alternative approaches to diagnosis, advanced nursing, medical. or collaborative management. The seminar will include the discussion of clinical
based research questions, client presentations, and effective treatment interventions. Two laboratory hours weekly.
This course must be taken concurrently with NURS 630. Prerequisites: Minimum grade of ‘B” in NURS 614,615,
and 620. Spring, annually.
NURS 640:
CLINICAL DECISION MAKING III
5 s.h.
This course focuses upon adults (young, middle-aged, and older) in regard to health promotion, wellness maintenance, disease prevention, early detection of problems, prompt treatment of acute illness, and support for management and self care during chronic conditions. All dimensions of development and the total health of the adult and
family are considered. Course theory seeks to expand the practitioner’s base of knowledge and understanding while
clinical practicum provides an opportunity for the application of learning and the enhancement of decision- making
skills. Opportunity is provided for the development of skill in selected therapeutic interventions related to health care
of the adult from birth to youth through old age. The course provides for expansion of knowledge for application in
working with clients, families, and colleagues in clinical practice. Collaboration with other health care providers is
fostered. This course must be taken concurrently with NURS 641. Prerequisites: Minimum grade of “B” in NURS
614, 615, and 620. Fall, annually.
CLINICAL DECISION MAKING III: ROLE SEMINAR
NURS 641:
1 s.h.
This seminar, a controlled environment for deliberation on clinical situations encountered, explores the role of the
practitioner in advanced nursing practice. It provides opportunities for discussion of alternative approaches to diagnosis, advanced nursing, medical, or collaborative management. The seminar will include the discussion of clinical
based research questions, client presentations, and effective treatment interventions. Two laboratory hours weekly.
This course must be taken concurrently with NURS 640. Prerequisites: Minimum grade of “B” in NURS 614, 615,
and 620. Fall, annually.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

70

Nursing

NURS 645:
NURSING AND PUBLIC POLICY
3 s.h.
This course examines the implications of health care financing, structuring, labor market trends, and current
health care reform proposals for nursing in general and for advanced practice nursing specifically. Additionally, the
student will be stimulated to appreciate the critical need for nurses to engage in activities, individually and as members of professional organizations, that will enhance the position of nursing in influencing health care policy and legislation at all levels-local, state, and federal. A pervasive theme throughout the course is the ultimate goal of
improving the health care of our citizens. Fall, annually.
INTERNSHIP
6 s.h.
NURS 750:
Internship is a supervised clinical experience which provides the opportunity to gain competency in the multiple
roles of nurse practitioner practice, including managing clients’ health/illness status, monitoring and ensuring quality, organizing work, performing teaching/coaching functions, and protecting and enhancing human dignity. Students function under the guidance of certified nurse practitioners or licensed physicians who have been approved by
the department as preceptors. Eighteen hours of clinical experience. weekly. Prerequisites include all program course
work, excluding thesis. Spring, annually.
NURS 800:
THESIS
3 s.h.
Scholarly research paper based on an innovative and/or creative study pertinent to nursing or a related area.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Master of Education Degree
in Science Education
College of Arts and Sciences
Department of Biology
Graduate Faculty
Professors: W. Barnes, W. Belzer, P. Dalby, K. Eggleton, A. Exton, W. McGowan, R. McPherson, K. Mechling, T.
Morrow, F. Vento, G. Wollaston, E. Zielinski; Associate Professors: J. Ernissee, S. Harris, D. Howes, I. Rhode; Assistant Professors: W. Jetkiewicz, S. Shulik, D. Smith, C. Williams

Program Objectives
Clarion has a strong commitment to help teachers and schools improve science experiences for their students. Our courses in science education are exciting, useful, and relevant
to elementary, middle, junior high, and senior high school teachers. They are taught in the
same style of inquiry and investigation that we encourage teachers to use in their own
classrooms. By enrolling in the science education program, teachers can learn to teach investigatively in their own classrooms, to make and use science materials and equipment,
to design science curricula, to incorporate the broad principles of science into their own
classrooms, and provide leadership in science education.
The graduate program in science education requires a minimum of 30 semester hours of
approved course work for completion. Required courses have been kept to a minimum to
allow maximum flexibility in tailoring course plans to individual needs and career aspirations. The program is designed to serve in-service teachers of science, as well as prepare
graduates to assume positions as science supervisors or pursue doctoral programs in science education.
One track of the program serves self-contained elementary classroom teachers who wish
to become competent science teachers. Several courses are available which combine science content and processes, and teachers learn how to apply them to their own classrooms.
Another track serves middle, junior high, and senior high school science teachers. They
may use the program to learn about and develop new curricula and teaching methods for
their own classrooms and schools. In addition, a large number of graduate science courses
are available for those who wish to increase their strength in various content areas.
Other tracks exist for students seeking positions as environmental educators, students
seeking science leadership positions upon completion of the master’s degree, or students
wishing to enter higher education after completing the graduate program here at Clarion
University. Graduates of Clarion’s Master of Education in science education program have
entered Ph.D. programs in science education at such schools as the University of Georgia,
Ohio State University, Pennsylvania State University, the University of Colorado, and others. Graduates of the Clarion program who have continued their education have been most
successful and are filling teaching and research positions at colleges and universities
across the country.

Admission Requirements
College of Graduate Studies admission requirements apply with the following additions:
l The applicant should have an undergraduate major in elementary education or secondary education with certification in either of those areas. If the applicant does not

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Science Education

72

l

meet this requirement, the graduate faculty of the department shall determine existing deficiencies and how they may be met.
Admission to provisional status may be granted at the discretion of the faculty if the
applicant’s QPA is less than 2.75/4.00. Regular status may be granted upon completion of 12 semester hours of graduate study with a minimum of 3.00/4.00 average.

Degree Requirements
To fulfill the degree requirements for graduation the student must:
0 Complete a planned program of 30 semester hours or more with a QPA of 3.00/4.00
or better.
l

Pass a written comprehensive examination after completing a minimum of 21 credits.

0 Students must complete a planned program, including a minimum of 30 credits selected from the following two general areas:
SCIENCE EDUCATION
With approval of the candidate’s advisor, students must elect a minimum of 18 hours of
graduate science education courses which should include SCED 502, SCED 538, SCED
540, and SCED 556.
GENERAL ELECTIVES
With approval of the candidate’s committee, students may elect 12 hours of graduate
courses from the following areas:
0 Science Education
0 Biology
l Education
0 Mathematics

l

Reading
0 Special Education
l Communication
l Research (O-6 s.h.)

Placement
The M.Ed. in science education is designed primarily to serve teachers such as elementary teachers in self-contained classrooms, elementary, junior high and senior high science
teachers, and science supervisors who already have positions. Some use the program to advance to new positions, such as science supervisors or computer specialists. Others use the
program as a stepping stone to a higher degree. Among those who utilized the degree to
seek a position, placement has been excellent.

Graduate Assistantships
Graduate assistants in science education serve in a variety of roles. They may assist in
teaching undergraduate classes, direct undergraduate assistants in the Center for Science
Education, carry out library research for center projects, and assist in in-service programs.
Assistantships offer an excellent opportunity to obtain practical experience while completing most requirements for a master’s degree in one calendar year. Some in-service
teachers utilize a sabbatical leave for this purpose.
All applicants for graduate assistantships must complete the regular admission procedure in order to be considered for an appointment and, following admission, file an application with the chair of the Department of Biology.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Science Education

73

Applicants for graduate assistantships should submit completed applications by late
April for consideration the following fall.

Environmental Education Certification
Clarion University offers a program leading to certification in environmental education.
Students in the program learn through courses which are taught using discovery, investigation, and hands-on experiences carried out primarily in the outdoors. The program focuses on the major concepts of ecology and those concepts of the social sciences which
apply to the environment. Students also become well versed in the major environmental
curricula which are available.
The program is designed to certify elementary and secondary teachers in environmental education. Individuals completing the program are certified to teach environmental education to students from K-12.

Advisement
Prior to beginning course work all applicants are interviewed by a member of the science education graduate faculty of the Department of Biology. The chair of the Science
Education Graduate Committee will advise those students who have not yet been admitted and who do not have an advisor.

Cooperative Doctoral Program
Clarion University and Penn State University are cooperating to offer a Ph.D. or D.Ed.
in curriculum and instruction at Penn State with an emphasis in science education. The
program has two major components. First, it allows up to 45 credit hours of approved
graduate work completed at Clarion University in the science education master’s degree
program, or beyond that degree, to be applied toward a 90 credit-hour minimum program
leading to the doctorate in science education at Penn State. Secondly, research may be conducted at Clarion University.
Four faculty members at Clarion University hold adjunct graduate faculty status at Penn
State, which enables them to serve on students’ doctoral committees. Those faculty are Dr.
Ken R. Mechling, Dr. Kathleen Smith, Dr. Gilbert L. Twiest, and Dr. Edward Zielinski.
Persons desiring more information about the Cooperative Doctoral Program in Science
Education should consult with any of the faculty noted above or write to General Graduate Advisor for Science Education, Biology Department, Clarion University, Clarion, PA
16214-1232, or Graduate Advisor, 165 Chambers Building, Penn State University, University Park, PA 16802.

Physical Facilities
The science education component of the Department of Biology is housed within the department in Peirce Science Center. The William D. Chamberlain Center for Science Education is in Room 220P and functions as a science education leadership and curriculum center.
It contains samples of most modem science curricula, including complete sets of texts and
materials for the elementary, middle, junior high school, and senior high school levels and
other curriculum materials. The Clarion University Center for Science Education is a resource center for modem K-12 science curricula. The center also functions as a leadership
center and a site for conferences and meetings of educators interested in science education.
Peirce Science Center contains laboratories in biology, chemistry, physics, and earth science. A complete planetarium with a 100-seat capacity is attached. The building also con-

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

74

Science Education

tains an animal-aquarium room, a free-standing greenhouse, and an environmental chamber room.
The science education program also makes extensive use of McKeever Environmental
Learning Center at Sandy Lake, Pennsylvania, and University of Pittsburgh’s Pymatuning
Laboratory at Lineville, Pennsylvania.

Science Education Courses
SCED 456:
ELECTRONICS
4 s.h.
The course is intended for the science teacher who has had little. or no previous course work in physics or mathematics. The subjects covered include the fundamental laws of electricity and magnetism, alternating current theory,
and the theory and practical application of such devices as ammeters, voltmeters, oscilloscopes, vacuum tubes, transistors, power suppliers, amplifiers, and oscillators. Examples of some of these devices will be built in the laboratory, and general procedures for troubleshooting faculty equipment will be illustrated. Summer only, on demand.
SCIENCE CURRICULUM IN THE MIDDLE AND
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL
3 s.h.
A course designed to acquaint students with modern science instruction strategies and curricula for the junior
high/middle school levels. Recent developments in curricular objectives, the unique physiological and psychological qualities of middle level students, science content, teaching strategies, and laboratories are stressed. Each fall.
SCED 460:

ASTRONOMY: OBSERVATION AND FIELD STUDIES
SCED 463:
3 s.h.
This is a course in the experimental tools and methods useful in astronomy. It is not an encyclopaedic survey of
astronomy, but concentrates on mastery of important techniques and concepts by a “do-it-yourself’ process. It cornplements courses in descriptive astronomy (ES 200 and 201 and SCED 550) rather than duplicating them, serving
much the same purpose as a laboratory in astronomy. The student will build simple telescopes, spectroscopes, and
other astronomical instruments.
FIELD PHOTOGRAPHY
3 s.h.
SCED 466:
This course is designed to teach the student how to use a modem camera and accessories to photograph subjects
in the field. Techniques of close-up, telephoto, and wide-angle photography as well as film development, lighting,
use of filters and composition will be included. In addition, the student will have a. chance to learn and practice techniques for photographing such subjects as small animals, birds, flowers, large animals, and other subjects. Camera
and film to be provided by students. Summer; on demand.
PROGRAM FOR IMPROVING ELEMENTARY SCIENCE (PIES)
3 s.h.
SCED 471:
PIES is designed to promote effective science teaching and instructional leadership in science in the elementary
school. In-service teachers, through hands-on investigations in the life, physical, and earth sciences, will acquire
knowledge of science, increase their skills in using science process skills, and develop positive attitudes toward science. A similar course, SCED 471: Program for Improving Elementary Science, is offered for undergraduate, senior,
elementary majors. On demand. Permission of instructor required.
SCED 500:
SEMINAR
Current topics in science education. On demand.

1-3 s.h.

SEMINAR IN SCIENCE MISCONCEPTIONS
3 s.h.
SCED 501:
A survey of current literature in the area of science misconceptions. Each student will research a topic and develop interviews and surveys to determine the misconceptions in the area. Fall, odd-numbered years.
INVESTIGATIVE TECHNIQUES AND
PROCESS APPROACH TO MODERN SCIENCE CURRICULA
3 s.h.
A course designed to enable elementary, middle, and junior high school teachers to use investigative techniques
and the process approach in their own classrooms. Investigative techniques will focus on developing skills in science processes such as observing, classifying, formulating hypotheses, collecting and analyzing data, and designing
experiments. Experiences with modem elementary and junior high school science curricula are also included. Two
hours lecture, two hours lab. Every year in fall.
SCED 502:

1-4 s.h.
SPECIAL TOPICS OF SCIENCE EDUCATION
SCED 503:
Studies of topical material under the guidance of the instructor. Maximum credit allowable toward graduation: 9
credits. Prerequisites: Permission of the instructor and the student’s graduate committee. On demand.
3 s.h.
INVESTIGATION IN THE LIFE SCIENCES
SCED 505:
A survey of organisms which can be cultured and used in classrooms for investigations. Emphasis will be placed
on typical investigations which may be used as models for utilization in the classroom. Students are expected to try
out investigations found in current science curricula. Fall of even-numbered years.
3 s.h.
SCED 530:
FIELD BIOLOGY
This field course is designed to acquaint the elementary, middle, and secondary teachers with the biological environment outside of the classroom as it pertains to plants and animals, their collection, identification, preservation,
and ecology. Activities that are applicable to the public school will be provided. Summers, on demand.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Science Education

75

3 s.h.
SCED 531:
FIELD BOTANY
This course is designed to give the elementary, middle, and secondary teachers an understanding of the basic aspects of plant science. Emphasis will be placed upon taxonomy, morphology, and life. processes of the flowering and
nonflowering plants as they relate to work done in elementary and secondary schools. Two hours lecture and two
hours lab. Summers, on demand.
3 s.h.
SCED 532:
FIELD ORNITHOLOGY
This is primarily a course on the identification and natural history of birds of this area. The primary teaching methods will be illustrated lectures, identification practice via color slides, and field trips. Prerequisite: Basic Biology.
Summers, on demand.
3 s.h.
FIELD ZOOLOGY
SCED 534:
This field course is designed to acquaint the elementary, middle, and secondary teachers with the biological environment outside the classroom as it pertains to animals, their collection, preservation, identification, and ecology.
Activities that are applicable to K-12 schools will be provided. Summers, on demand.
3 s.h.
SCED 535:
FIELD ECOLOGY
The course familiarizes the elementary, middle, and secondary teachers with the relationships between plants and
animals and their environment. Field work will be emphasized. Frequent field hips are made to areas of particular
ecological interest in Northwestern Pennsylvania. Five hours field work, laboratory work and lecture. On demand.
3 s.h.
CHEMISTRY
SCED 536:
This lecture-laboratory course is designed to give the elementary, middle, and secondary teachers an understanding of basic chemistry. The chemistry of common experience in the public school is explored and the manipulation
of chemical apparatus is given special attention. Two hours laboratory. On demand.
3 s.h.
SCED 537:
PHYSICS
This lecture-laboratory course is designed to give the elementary, middle, and secondary teachers an understanding of basic physics. Areas of concentration are the metric system, properties of matter, mechanics, atomic energy,
heat. sound. light. magnetism. and electricity. Particular attention will be provided for the application of these areas
to public school sciences. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory. Oh demand.
..
3 s.h.
SCIENCE CURRICULUM
SCED 538:
This course is designed to come late in the program when the student will have an adequate background for discussions centered around the various approaches to the teaching of science in the elementary, middle, and secondary
schools. A study of the principles of curriculum construction. including curriculum origins, goals, objectives, scope
and sequence, and evaluation. Each year in spring.
3 s.h.
RESOURCES AND MATERIALS
SCED 539:
The course gives the teacher experience with the literature, equipment, and materials in teaching science in the
school. Physical and human resources from national, state, and local communities will be explored. Students will be
given ample opportunity to develop and try out teacher-made resources. On demand.
3 s.h.
SUPERVISION OF SCIENCE TEACHING
SCED 540:
A course designed to prepare science educators (elementary, middle, junior high, and senior high school teachers)
for leadership and supervisory roles in the improvement of science curricula and instruction. Spring of even numbered years.
SCIENCE SPECIALIST INTERNSHIP IN
1-4 s.h
TEACHING AND SUPERVISION
This course is designed to give practical experiences in working with teachers and children as a specialist in science teaching, supervising, and assisting in curriculum work. On demand.
SCED 541:

3 s.h.
SCED 550:
ASTRONOMY
This course deals with the planets and their satellites, including the earth and moon, with comets and meteors,
with the sun. the stars and clusters of stars. with the interstellar gas and dust. with the Milky Way. and other galaxies that lie beyond the Milky Way. The fundamental concepts of cosmology and the basic principles of light are also
included in the course. Three hours lecture and/or laboratory. On demand.
3 s.h.
SCED 551:
GEOLOGY
A study of rocks, minerals, and geologic formation as they are related to elementary and secondary school science. Past history of the earth as well as present day geologic phenomena are discussed. Fields trips to areas of geologic interest are taken. Two hours lecture and two hours field or laboratory work. On demand.
3 s.h.
GEOMORPHOLOGY
SCED 552:
A study of the interaction between humankind and the physical environment as it is related to elementary and secondary school science. On demand.
3 s.h.
SCED 553:
METEOROLOGY
The fundamentals of weather and weather instruments, maps, records, as well as other activities applicable to elementary and secondary school science are stressed. Three hours lecture and/or laboratory. On demand.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

76

Science Education

SCED 554:
RECENT ADVANCES IN SCIENCES
3 s.h.
The course acquaints the student with significant developments in the field of science that have taken place in the
last two decades. This course assumes a background of information in the fundamentals of the biological and physical sciences. Three hours lecture. On demand.
SCED 555:
HISTORY OF SCIENCE
3 s.h.
A study of the history of science with accent on the way in which broad scientific principles have developed and
those who played a part. On demand.
SCED 556:
ANALYSIS OF RESEARCH IN SCIENCE EDUCATION
3 s.h.
This course covers topics necessary to analyze, critique, and develop research. Participants will be involved with the
study of methodology of research as well as participating in activities in which they critique existing research and develop a research plan. Topics such as developing problems, literature reviews, critical evaluation of research sampling
and measurement, design and methodology, and data processing and reporting will be included. Each spring.
SCED 560:

SCIENCE CURRICULUM IN THE MIDDLE AND
JUNIOR HIGH SCHOOL
3 s.h.
A course designed to acquaint students with modem science instructional strategies and curricula for the junior
high/middle school levels. Recent developments in curricular objectives, the unique physiological and psychological qualities of middle level students, science content, teaching strategies, and laboratories are stressed. Each fall.
SCED 561:
MODERN ASTRONOMY
1 s.h.
This short course covers recent developments in astronomy which are not normally covered in a traditional astronomy course. Topics include stellar, evolution, pulsars, neutron stats, black holes, quasars, and supernovae. Summers, on demand.
SCED 562:
TOPICS IN COSMOLOGY
1 s.h.
This short course deals in a non-mathematical manner with questions related to the universe as a whole-its beginning, geometry, present state and future development. Topics include the origin of the elements, expansion of the
universe, geometry of the universe and observational evidence. Summers, on demand.
SCED 563:
DEMONSTRATIONS AND PROJECTS IN ASTRONOMY
3 s.h.
Emphasis in this course will be on the selection and preparation of demonstrations and projects in astronomy for
teachers of elementary and secondary schools. Summers, on demand.
SCED 566:
ADVANCED FIELD PHOTOGRAPHY
3 s.h.
This course is designed to teach in-service teachers how to use the advanced aspects of modem SLR 35mm camera and accessories to-photograph science subjects in the field. Advanced techniques of close-up, telephoto, and photomacrography, as well as use of advanced depth of field, lighting, and composition will be included. Students will
also learn advanced techniques of photographing flora and fauna, geological, astronomical, meteorological, and ecological subjects. Camera and film to be provided by students. Prerequisites: SCED 466 or permission of instructor.
Summer, on demand.
SCED 567:
SLIDE PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT
3 s.h.
This course is normally taken concurrently with SCED 466: Field Photography or SCED 566: Advanced Field
Photography. It is designed to be taken by in-service teachers and will teach them how to put together short, singleconcept slide programs to be used in their elementary or secondary science classrooms. The Karplus and Generative
Models of teaching concepts will be stressed for use with the program. Prerequisites: SCED 466 or SCED 566 or
must be taken concurrently, or permission of instructor. Summer, on demand.
SCED 570:
LOCAL SCHOOL CURRICULUM DEVELOPMENT IN SCIENCE
3 s.h.
This course is designed to assist individual or groups of teachers with sufficient science background to develop,
improve, or implement science curricula for the elementary and secondary schools. It will be concerned with the
production of curricular materials for actual use and evaluation. Permission of instructor. Each semester.
SCED 571:

PROGRAM FOR IMPROVING ELEMENTARY
SCIENCE (PIES)
3 s.h.
PIES is designed to promote effective science teaching and instructional leadership in science in the elementary
school. In-service teachers, through hands-on investigations in the life, physical, and earth sciences, will acquire
knowledge of science, increase their skills in using science process skills, and develop positive attitudes toward science. A similar course, SCED 471: Program for Improving Elementary Science. is offered for undergraduate. senior.
elementary majors. On demand. Permission of instructor required. .
SCED 572:

PROGRAM FOR ENHANCING EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP
IN SCIENCE (PEELS)
1 s.h.
PEELS is designed to involve elementary administrator/teacher teams in exemplary science experiences. Teams
are instructed in science process skills, effective science teaching strategies, development of science program goals,
and the application of science education research to elementary school science programs. Each team will design and
implement an action plan which focuses on specific actions for the improvement of science in their own schools. On
demand. Permission of instructor required.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Science Education

77

SCED 573:

CREATIVE INTEGRATION OF SCIENCE
IN ELEMENTARY EDUCATION (CISEE)
3 s.h.
The CISEE course is designed to help in-service elementary teachers learn how to integrate science content and
science process skills with other subject areas, including reading and language arts, math, social studies, physical
education, art, music, and microcomputer education. A strong emphasis is placed on the use of hands-on investigations; teachers are required to design and implement lessons for their own students which demonstrate the integration of science and other elementary curriculum areas. On demand. Permission of instructor required.
SCED 574:
SCIENCE AND SOFTWARE FOR ELEMENTARY TEACHERS
2 s.h.
This course is designed to help elementary teachers identify, select, and integrate science courseware appropriate
for implementation into existing elementary school science curricula. Participants will use exemplary science
courseware to introduce, enhance, and reinforce related hands-on science activities. The culminating project for this
course is the presentation of action research findings related to the relationships between microcomputers and handson elementary school science. On demand. Permission of instructor required.
SCED 575:

CAREER ORIENTATION IN SCIENCE AND
3 s.h.
TECHNOLOGY (COST)
COST is designed to involve middle/junior high teachers in utilizing the skills of community resource people to
demonstrate the need for science in many car&-including those not traditionally associated with science. The
format of the course follows the COMETS (Career Orientated Modules to Explore Topics in Science) model. Teachers learn where to find science resource people and how to work with the resource person to present lessons in the
classroom. Teachers will be responsible for implementing lessons with a resource person during the course. On demand. Permission of instructor required.
SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND SOCIETY:
TOPICS FOR TEACHERS
3 s.h.
STS is an interdisciplinary course covering topics in biology, earth science, chemistry, and physics. Participants
will be involved in studies and hands-on activities such as evaluating science computer software, testing water for
chemical and biological agents, and studying high altitude infra-red photography. Ethical issues and scientific principles concerning computers, energy, nuclear waste, biotechnology, and others, will be investigated and discussed.
Participants will develop curriculum activities for implementation in secondary science. On demand. Permission of
instructor required.
SCED 576:

SCED 577:
MICROCOMPUTER SCIENCE LABORATORY INTERFACE
1 s.h.
This course is designed to instruct elementary and/or secondary science teachers in basic interfacing and interfacing applications for their own classrooms. Course participants construct interfacing materials, set up-related science investigations, and analyze data collected from the constructed probes. Course participants also explore
possible uses for interfacing equipment in the science curriculum. On demand. Permission of instructor required.
SCED 578:

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION
FOR THE COMMONWEALTH ITEC I
3 s.h.
ITEC I is designed to provide teachers with computer literacy, programming skills, and experiences with exemplary courseware and software. The course is designed specifically for computer novices. Teachers will learn to operate and program microcomputers while developing skills needed for teaching their students to use microcomputers
for classroom applications. The course also prepares teachers to evaluate courseware. and software appropriate for
use in their school curriculum. On demand. Permission of instructor required.
SCED 579:

INFORMATION TECHNOLOGY EDUCATION
FOR THE COMMONWEALTH (ITEC II)
3 s.h.
Provides K-12 educators with intermediate level competencies to effectively integrate microcomputer courseware, hardware, and related microprocessor technology into the teaching and learning process. Instructional theory
for the design and evaluation of solutions to problems of learning, and using computer technology as a tool, will also
be emphasized in the course. Students will complete a computer-generated portfolio of related lesson plans, handouts, transparencies, etc. On demand. Permission of instructor required.
SCED 585:
PLANETARIUM OPERATION AND MANAGEMENT
3 s.h.
An introduction to the techniques of operation and maintenance of planetarium projectors. Opportunities are provided for writing and presenting programs at various levels of instruction. The use of auxiliary projectors, the production of audiovisual materials, multimedia displays and live versus programmed presentations are emphasized.
Prerequisite: ES 200 and 201 or consent of instructor. On demand.
SCED 600:
RESEARCH PROJECT IN SCIENCE EDUCATION
1-3 s.h.
With the approval of his or her advisor a student may research a. selected topics related to the teaching of elementary and/or secondary science. Permission of instructor. Each semester.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Master of Science Degree in
Special Education
College of Education and Human Services
Department of Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences
Graduate Faculty
Professors: B. Huwar; Associate Professors: T. Dunkle, R. Feroz, L. Gurecka, J. Krouse; Assistant Professors:
P. Gent, L. Turner, R. Sabousky

Program Objectives
The mission of the Master of Science program within the Department of Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences is to provide opportunities:
l

to update, broaden, and refine the skills and knowledge base of the veteran professional in designing, implementing, and evaluating instruction and services for individuals with disabilities;

0 to extend knowledge and skills in research, administration, leadership, and the organization of service delivery;
l

to analyze technically complex and current issues within the field; and

0 to prepare for more advanced studies and careers in special education and rehabilitative sciences.
SPECIAL EDUCATION CONCENTRATION
The special education area of concentration is designed primarily for students whose career interests are in special education services and programs within educational agencies
and institutions of higher education. Within the special education concentration area various options are offered. Students who presently hold a Pennsylvania special education
teaching certificate take a core of 27 required graduate credits and in addition pursue 6
credits individually selected by the student in consultation with their advisor.
Students who presently hold a bachelor’s degree from an accredited program may pursue the master’s degree while completing additional course work leading to Pennsylvania
certification in the area of special education. The specific course work for certification will
be individually determined by the student’s advisor after a review of the student’s past
course work and experience.

The graduate program in special education is accredited by the National Council
for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and the Pennsylvania Department of Education (PDE).
REHABILITATIVE SCIENCES CONCENTRATION
The rehabilitation sciences area of concentration is designed for students whose career
interests are in the area of community-based social, vocational, recreational, and personal
management rehabilitation services in the areas of developmental disabilities, gerontology,
and substance abuse. Within this concentration, students will take a core of 18 required
graduate credits, and in addition, pursue an additional 15 credits individually selected by
students in consultation with their advisors. Unless the applicant submits documentation

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

79

Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences

of prior experience in the field through employment or practicum experience, six credits
of REHB 595 must be taken as part of the 15 credits of elective course work to fulfill the
field experience component.

Admission Requirements
Clarion University’s general admission requirements apply with the following supplemental requirement:
l

Admission with provisional status may be granted at the discretion of the graduate
faculty if the applicant’s QPA is less than the required 2.75 out of 4.00. The student
must provide evidence of ability to successfully undertake the program (e.g., particularly strong recommendations from another professional in a related field; a clear
trend of improved QPA over time; a written explanation of the circumstances which
lead to the less than satisfactory QPA).

Students admitted provisionally must achieve full status within three semesters following the student’s provisional admittance by completing not less than nine graduate credits
from courses within the appropriate checksheet with a QPA of not less than 3.00 out of
4.00. Students who fail to achieve full status will be dropped from the program in which
they are enrolled.

Degree Requirements
In addition to the general requirements of the Graduate College of Clarion University,
students shall meet the following requirements:
0 Students must complete a planned program of study approved by their advisors
within one of the areas of concentration including a minimum of 33 credits.
l

Students contemplating more advanced studies after completing the master’s degree
or contemplating careers which involve research may elect with the approval of their
advisor a thesis project [SPED 590]. Students electing SPED 590 and completing the
thesis requirements are exempted from the SPED 599 requirement.

The purpose of electives is to provide flexibility within the program so that students can
further develop their knowledge, skills, and expertise in individual areas of career interest
and to enhance their career options. The choice of electives is, therefore, not limited to
SPED or REHB courses. With the prior approval of the student’s advisor, the student may
choose elective courses from other departments or institutions of higher education. Note:
In accordance with Clarion University residency requirements, no more than a maximum
of 30% of the total graduate credits may be transferred from other institutions.

Special Education Concentration
REQUIRED COW-27 credits
ED
ED
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED
or
SPED
SPED

520:
521:
522:
523:
500:
505:
520:
535:

Introduction to Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Instructional Leadership Skills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Analysis of Teaching . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Curriculum Development and Evaluation . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Contemporary Issues in Special Education . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Concepts of Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Role Development with Parents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Advanced Methods for Individuals with Severe Disabilities

3
3
3
3
3
3
3
3

536:

Advanced Methods for Individuals with
Mild/Moderate Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Field Based Investigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

3 s.h.
3 s.h.

599:

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.
s.h.

Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences

80

ELECTIVES-6 credits
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED

530:
540:
562:
567:
580
590:
596:
597:

SPED

415:

SPED

420:

SPED
REHB
REHB
REHB
REHB
REHB
REHB

425:
405:
410:
510:
545:
565:
580:

Learning Disabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Behavior Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Service Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Seminar in Advanced Applied Behavior Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Special Reading Instruction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Special Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 or 6 s.h.
Contemporary Education Practices and Directions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 3 s.h.
Collaboration and Cooperation: Improved Teaching
and Learning Outcomes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Instructional Development and Strategies for
Individuals with Mild/Moderate Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6 s.h.
Instructional Development and Strategies for
Individuals with Severe/Profound Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3-6 s.h.
Behavior Management in Special Education Settings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Substance Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Prevention and Treatment of Substance Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Group Process in Rehabilitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Rehabilitation: Philosophy and Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Seminar on Rehabilitative Service Delivery Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.

A maximum of six credits
permission.

from the 400 level courses listed above can be taken for graduate

credit with special

Rehabilitative Sciences Concentration
REQUIRED CORE-18 credits
ED
REHB
REHB
REHB
REHB
REHB

520:
545:
565:
575:
580:
599:

ELECTIVES-15
REHB
REHB
REHB
REHB
REHB
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED
SPED

.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.
.3 s.h.

credits

405:
410:
510:
537:
567:
500:
505:
520:
530:
535:
536:
540:
562:
590:

A maximum
permission.

Introduction to Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rehabilitation: Philosophy and Principles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Seminar on Rehabilitative Service Delivery Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Administering Rehabilitation Delivery Systems . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Field Based Investigation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Substance Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Prevention and Treatment of Substance Abuse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Group Process in Rehabilitation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Lifestyle and Career Development . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Seminar in Advanced Applied Behavior Analysis . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Contemporary Issues in Special Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Concepts of Intelligence . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Role Development with Parents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Learning Disabilities. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Advanced Methods for Individuals with Severe Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Advanced Methods for Individuals with Mild/Moderate Disabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Behavior Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Service Learning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 s.h.
Special Projects . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 or 6 s.h.

of six credits from the 400 level courses listed above can be taken for graduate

credit with special

Graduate Assistantships
The Department of Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences regularly awards a
number of graduate assistantships. Assistantships in special education and rehabilitative
sciences serve a variety of purposes. Graduate assistants (GAS) assist the professors in developing course materials and resources; evaluating the skills of undergraduates; carrying
out literature searches; supervising and assisting undergraduates in the computer lab; and
delivering services to the participants in the Adult Development Program. Graduate assistantships not only provide unique experiences within the field, but also are an opportunity for the student to pursue advanced training with financial support.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences

81

Applicants for a graduate assistantship must have completed all program application requirements and have been admitted in full standing to the program. A separate GA application must then be submitted to the Department of Special Education and Rehabilitative
Sciences. All applications for GAS should be submitted by the beginning of May to ensure
consideration for the following academic year.
Note: Graduate students who are completing a student teaching requirement as a part of
state certification requirements or other internship or apprenticeship may not hold a graduate assistantship during the semester of their student teaching.

Certification Requirements
For students already holding Pennsylvania Instructional Level I certification in special
education or its equivalent and the requisite years of creditable teaching experience, successful completion of the master’s program can lead to Pennsylvania Instructional Level
II certification. Note: It is the responsibility of the student holding a special education certificate from another state to assure that the certificate is equivalent to the Pennsylvania Instructional Level I certificate. Your advisor can assist you in this determination.
For students not already certified in special education but holding a bachelor’s degree
from an accredited program and wishing to become certified in special education while
continuing their graduate studies, an individual course of study leading to both certification and the graduate degree is developed by the student’s advisor with consideration for
the student’s background of education and experience in conjunction with state and program requirements.

Physical Facilities
The Department of Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences is housed in a twostory wing of Stevens Hall on the Clarion Campus. In addition to the modem classrooms,
an array of instructional support technology is available. On-campus resources include the
Adult Development Program and The Child Development Center.
In addition to the numerous computer labs across the campus, there is a computer lab in
Stevens Hall and another in the Department of Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences. In the lab, students have access to a variety of instructional and management software along with Apple and MAC hardware and adaptive communication devices for
computer and stand-alone devices. Students have access to mainframe computer support
through the campus DEC VAC 780 and 785 systems, and through the department, students
also have access to computer networks such as SpecialNet and PENN*LINK.
The department maintains ongoing cooperative relations with numerous school districts,
Intermediate Units, and rehabilitation programs in the region, all of which are available to
assist in providing a wide array of field opportunities.

Release of Data from M.S. Thesis-Publication Policy
In accordance with professional ethics, any information from master’s research should
be published or otherwise released only in conjunction with the student’s advisor. Publications resulting from research done at Clarion University shall give appropriate credit to
persons involved in the research, to Clarion University, and to any granting agencies which
supported the research.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

82

Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences

Special Education Courses
A maximum of six credits from the courses below can be taken

for graduate

credit with special permission.

SPED 415:

INSTRUCTIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND STRATEGIES
FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH MILD/MODERATE DISABILITIES
3 s.h.
Participants engage in the process of individualizing instruction for individuals with mild/moderate disabilities.including: design& basic instructional sequences using behavioral objectives; matching media, learner, and goal
characteristics; identifying appropriate instructional strategies; and evaluating the effectiveness of instruction. Multicultural education is addressed. Prerequisites: SPED 320; ELED 323 and 324 [rehabilitative science majors exempted]. Each semester.
SPED 420:

INSTRUCTIONAL DEVELOPMENT AND STRATEGIES
3 s.h.
FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH SEVERE/PROFOUND DISABILITIES
Participants engage in the process of individualizing instruction for individuals with severe/profound disabilities,
including designing basic instructional sequences using behavioral objectives; matching media, learner, and goal
characteristics; identifying appropriate instructional strategies; and evaluating the effectiveness of instruction. Prerequisites: SPED 320; ELED 323 and 324 (rehabilitative science majors exempted). Each semester.
SPED 425:
BEHAVIOR MANAGEMENT
3 s.h.
Participants acquire knowledge and skills related to contemporary curricular innovations in educational programs
for individuals with disabilities with emphasis on sociocultural implications of changing curricular practices and the
new instructional media and technology. Prerequisites: SPED 320 and 345; ELED 323 and 324 (rehabilitative science majors exempted). Each semester.
SPED 500:
CONTEMPORARY ISSUES IN SPECIAL EDUCATION
3 s.h.
Participants engage in problem-centered analyses and investigations, and in determination of responses relative
to the contemporary issues confronting special education.
3 s.h.
SPED 505:
CONCEPTS OF INTELLIGENCE
Participants engage in an extensive study of the nature of cognition, traditional and contemporary, with emphasis
on the development of a paradigm having relevance to the educational process.
SPED 520:
ROLE DEVELOPMENT WITH PARENTS
3 s.h.
Participants acquire. knowledge and skills in working with and involving parents to maximize developmental and
learning opportunities for their children with disabilities, and in responding to the unique challenges confronting
families of children with disabilities.
3 s.h.
SPED 530:
LEARNING DISABILITIES
Participants acquire knowledge and skills for designing diagnostic/prescriptive programs in perceptual-motor,
cognitive, linguistic, academic, social, and career domains for individuals with specific learning disabilities.
SPED 535:

ADVANCED METHODS FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH
SEVERE HANDICAPS
3 s.h.
Participants acquire knowledge and skills related to the design, implementation, and evaluation of instructional
interventions for individuals with severe/profound disabilities.
ADVANCED METHODS FOR INDIVIDUALS WITH
MILD/MODERATE HANDICAPS
3 s.h.
Participants acquire knowledge and skills related to the design, implementation, and evaluation of instructional
interventions for individuals with mild/moderate disabilities.
SPED 536:

SPED 540:
BEHAVIOR DISORDERS
3 s.h.
Participants engage in the study of maladaptive behavior in individuals with emphasis on current definitions, classification systems, major etiological perspectives, and contemporary interventions.
SERVICE LEARNING
3 s.h.
SPED 562:
The course provides an overview of service learning as a teaching methodology. History, legislation, and theory
relevant to service learning is presented Students learn the components and standards of service learning. Students
plan and implement service learning projects relative to these. Students also learn how to assess service learning projects, meet curricular and learner needs through service learning, and develop community partners. Literature addressing the effectiveness of service learning as a teaching tool and the relationship of service. learning to the
educational reform movement will b-e examined.
SEMINAR IN ADVANCED APPLIED BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS
3 s.h.
SPED 567:
This seminar examines contemporary theory research, and practice in applied behavior analysis with particular
emphasis given to applications in the fields of special education and rehabilitative sciences. Prerequisite: SPED 425
or equivalent.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

83

Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences

3 s.h.
SPED 580:
SPECIAL READING INSTRUCTION
This course is designed to provide in-service and ore-service professionals with the knowledge and skills to serve
students with mild/moderate reading disabilities. Individuals taking the course will assimilate characteristics of identified students, assessment processes and alternative interventions.
3 or 6 s.h.
SPECIAL PROJECTS
SPED 590:
Participants engage in either scholarly or applied research related to the education of children and youth with disabilities under the supervision of a faculty member. For those participants electing the thesis option. SPED 590 shall
be taken in two semesters of three credits each. During the first semester the participant is required to submit an approved proposal. During the second semester the participant implements the research and completes the project.
SPED 596:

CONTEMPORARY EDUCATION PRACTICES
3 s.h.
AND DIRECTIONS
This course saliently provides the philosophical and pragmatic basis for the rationale for change in contemporary
education. Legislation, litigation, and research within the profession provide the foundation for understanding why
the profession must explore innovative strategies for improving the educational outcomes of all children. Terminologies which dominate professional dialogue are explored and studied to separate dogma from substance. Learner
characteristics which are indicative of the diversity naturally present in society are addressed relative to implications
in teaching and learning.
COLLABORATION AND COOPERATION:
3 s.h.
IMPROVED TEACHING AND LEARNING OUTCOMES
This course is intended to improve the teaching and learning outcomes in basic education by focusing on collaboration and cooperative education processes andteaching methodologies. The development of strategies for promoting professional and community collaborations established in SPED 596: Contemporary Education Practices and
Directions, is continued in this offering. Teaching models and methods facilitative to encouraging and maintaining
collaborative and cooperative educational practices extend the skills of professional educators in appropriately serving the educational needs of an increasingly diverse learning audience. Prerequisite: SPED 596 or approval of instructor.
SPED 597:

3 s.h.
SPED 599:
FIELD-BASED INVESTIGATION
This course represents the culminating experience in the master’s program in special education and requires participants to systematically integrate and apply knowledge and skills developed throughout the program. Under faculty supervision, participants identify an educationally significant problem, conduct literature reviews, formulate
and test hypotheses, and report results in a forum open to special education faculty and graduate students. Prerequisites: ED 520 and SPED 535 or 536. Each semester.

Rehabilitative Sciences Courses
A maximum

of six credits from the courses below can be taken for graduate

credit with special permission.

3 s.h.
REHB 405:
SUBSTANCE ABUSE
Participants engage in the study of the physiological and psychological implications of drug or alcohol abuse,
over-medication, and drug dependence with emphasis on the processes of intervention, advocacy, treatment, and prevention. Fall Semester.
REHB 410:

PREVENTION AND TREATMENT STRATEGIES IN
3 s.h.
SUBSTANCE ABUSE
Participants engage in the study of societal pressures, attempts to prevent substance abuse, and treatment strategies along with comparative analysis of efficacy. Prerequisite: REHB 405. Spring Semester.
3 s.h.
REHB 510:
GROUP PROCESS IN REHABILITATION
Participants engage in the study of group development, dynamics, theory, leadership styles, participant roles, techniques, and evaluation of effectiveness as applied to rehabilitative services contexts.
3 s.h.
REHB 537:
LIFESTYLE AND CAREER DEVELOPMENT
Participants engage in the analysis of economic, social, and psychological factors which define the context of educational, vocational, and personal decision-making; decision-making related to vocational development; the role of
information in facilitating decision-making; and the varieties of information, resources, and types of access available.
3 s.h.
REHB 545:
REHABILITATION: PHILOSOPHY AND PRINCIPLES
Participants engage in the analysis of the values, assumptions, and the principles underlying theories of rehabilitation and their relation to the goals and objectives of rehabilitation programs.
3 s.h.
REHB 565:
SEMINAR ON REHABILITATIVE SERVICE DELIVERY SYSTEMS
Participants explore the continuum of human services delivery systems, with special focus on aging, mental retardation, and substance abuse. History and student professional experiences are considered in addition to current
information and trends to identify problems and opportunities for making systems more responsive to consumer
needs.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

84

Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences

REHB 567:
3 s.h.
SEMINAR IN ADVANCED APPLIED BEHAVIOR ANALYSIS
This seminar examines contemporary theory, research, and practice in applied behavior analysis with particular
emphasis given to applications in the fields of special education and rehabilitative sciences. Prerequisite: SPED 425
or equivalent.
REHB 575:
ADMINISTERING REHABILITATION DELIVERY SYSTEMS
3 s.h.
Participants engage in the study of the business and personnel aspects of functioning in and managing human service delivery systems, including organization, operations, and management relative to legal, economic, and personnel standards and practice.
INTERVENTION STRATEGIES IN REHABILITATIVE SCIENCES
3 s.h.
REHB 580:
Participants review and practice a variety of common clinical intervention techniques used by professionals in
mental retardation, gerontological, and substance abuse treatment. These include creative and expressive techniques
(e.g., art, music, drama, recreation, horticulture), behavioral interventions (e.g., relaxation, systematic desensitization, contracts), and didactic group and individual work.
REHB 599:
FIELD-BASED INVESTIGATION
3 s.h.
This course represents the culminating experience in the master’s program in rehabilitative sciences and requires
participants to systematically integrate and apply knowledge and skills developed throughout the program. Under
faculty supervision, participants identify an educationally significant problem, conduct literature reviews, formulate
and test hypotheses, and report results in a forum open to special education faculty and graduate students. Prerequisite: ED 520. Each semester.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Directories
Board of Governors, Harrisburg, PA
Syed R. Ah-Zaidi
Julia B. Ansill, Vice Chair
Muriel Berman
Christopher J. Cerski
Jeffrey W. Coy
E. Eugene Dixon, Jr., Chair
Daniel P. Elby
Richard A. Fino
Glenn Y. Fomey
Eugene W. Hickok, Jr.

F. Joseph Loeper
Kim E. Lyttle
Joseph M. Nespoli
Rocco A. Ortenzio
Tom Ridge
Jere W. Schuler
Andrew H. Shoffner
Patrick J. Stapleton
Christine J. Toretti
R. Benjamin Wiley, Vice Chair

Council of Trustees, Clarion, PA
Syed R. Ali-Zaidi
Oleta Amsler, Secretary
Delphine Djossou (student)
H. John Drayer
Kenneth Gaudi
Joseph Harvey
Michael Keefer, Chair

Kim Kesner, Vice Chair
Fred McIlhattan
Raleigh Robertson
Paul Weaver
James H. McCormick,
Chancellor (Ex-Officio)

Administrative Staff
Diane L. Reinhard, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . President
John F. Kuhn, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Provost and Academic
Vice President
Helen S. Lepke, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Associate Academic Vice President
Thomas E. Gusler, S.Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . .Associate Provost for Administration
Heather Haberaecker, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vice President for Finance
and Administration
Harry Tripp, M.Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vice President for
Institutional Advancement
George W. Curtis, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Vice President for
Student Affairs
Timothy P Fogarty, M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant Vice President
for Human Resources
Jocelind Gant, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Assistant to the President
for Social Equity

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Directories

86

Academic Affairs
Arthur J. Acton, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Executive Dean, Venango Campus
Interim Director, Extended Studies and Distance Learning
Arnold Cooper, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean, College of Education and Human Services
Brenda Sanders D&de, Ed.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director, Faculty Research Development
Interim Coordinator, Graduate Studies
T. Audean Duespohl, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean, School of Nursing
Stanton W. Green, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean, College of Arts and Sciences
Joseph P. Grunenwald, D.B.A., PE. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean, College of Business Administration
Thomas E. Gusler, S.Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Associate Provost for Administration
Helen S. Lepke, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Associate Academic Vice President
John S. Shropshire, B.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean, Enrollment Management and Academic Records
To be named . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Libraries

Student Affairs
George W. Curtis, Jr., Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Vice President for Student Affairs
Diana Anderson, M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director, Special Activity Programs
Herbert Bolland, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Chair, Department of Counseling Services
Robert Carlson, M.Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Athletics
Tracy Cumming, M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Associate Athletic Director
Melissa H. Daugherty, M.S.S.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Counselor, Department of Counseling Services
Mary Ann Fricko, Psy.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Counselor, Department of Counseling Services
Kenneth E. Grugel, M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Financial Aid
Scott Horch, M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Resident Director
James A. Johnson, M.Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Resident Director
Connie Laughlin, M.Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Career Services
Lori Layman, M.Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Resident Director
Kathy D. Meley, Psy.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Counselor, Department of Counseling Services
Marilynn Mikolusky, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Dean of Student Life Services
Barry Morris, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of Residence Life
Donald A. Nair, Ed.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Counselor, Department of Counseling Services
Mary Jo Phillips, M.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Freshman Financial Aid Advisor
John Postlewait, Ph.D. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director, Alcohol and Drug Education/Training
David Tomeo, M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Director of University Centers
Mary Walter, M.Ed. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Director of Orientation Program and
Assistant to Dean of Student Life Services
Harold Wassink, M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Coordinator of Student Activities
Ragan Watson,M.M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Assistant Director of Financial Aid
Laura Zirkle. M.A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Resident Director

Graduate Faculty
Year in parentheses indicates year of appointment to faculty
CAROLE J. ANDERSON, (1990), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Administrative Science
Clarion University, B.S., M.B.A.; Kent State University, Ph.D.
ROBERT BALOUGH, (1981), Ph.D., Director, MBA Program, Professor, Economics
Northern Illinois University, B.A.,M.A.,Ph.D.
WILLIAM S. BARNES, (1984), Ph.D., Professor, Biology
Marietta College, B.A.; University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Ph.D.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Directories

87

JACQUELINE BAUMAN-WAENGLER, (1991), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Communication
Sciences and Disorders
Colorado State University, B.S.; University of Colorado, M.A., Ph.D.
WILLIAM R. BELZER, (1982), Ph.D., Professor, Biology
Franklin and Marshall College, B.A.; University of Pennsylvania, Ph.D.
C. LARRY BERING, (1988), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Chemistry
University of Houston, B.S.; Purdue University, Ph.D.
NICHOLAS J. BEZAK, (1968), Ph.D., Professor, Mathematics
The College of Steubenville, B.A.: Carnegie-Mellon University, M.S.; University of Pittsburgh,
Ph.D.
DIPENDRA BHATTACHARYA, (1986), Ed.D., Professor, Mathematics
Banaras Hindu University, B.S.,M.S.; Queens University, Canada, B.Ed.; State University of New
York at Stony Brook, M.S.; State University of New York at Buffalo, Ed.D.
GERALD C. BISH, (1976) J.D., Assistant Professor, Finance
University of Pittsburgh, B.A.; Suffolk University Law School, J.D.
JOSEPH BODZIOCK, (1991), Ph.D., Associate Professor, English
St. Joseph’s College, B.A.; University of New Hampshire, M.A.; University of Minnesota, Ph.D.
KAREN D. BOLINGER, (1994), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Ohio State University, B.S.Ed., Ph.D.
LISBETH J. BROWN, (1973), D.Ed., Professor, Education
Mercyhurst College, B.A.; Edinboro State College, M.Ed.; Indiana University of Pennsylvania,
D.Ed.
WILLIAM E. BUCHANAN, (1993), Ed.D., Assistant Professor, Library Science
The University of North Carolina, A.A.; Georgia State University, B.A.; The University of
Southern Mississippi, M.L.S., M.S.; Greensboro, Ed.D.
TERRY P. CAESAR, (1968), Ph.D., Professor, English
University of Redlands, B.A.; University of Washington, Ph.D.
WILLIAM D. CAMPBELL, (1974), Ph.D., Professor, Accountancy
Gannon College, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.B.A.,Ph.D.; Commonwealth of Pennsylvania,
CPA.
EDWARD CAROPRESO, (1991), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Education
University of North Carolina, B.A.; University of Georgia, M.A., Ph.D.
SHIMIN CHEN, (1992), Ph.D., Professor, Accountancy
Shanghai University, B.A., M.A.; University of Georgia, Ph.D.
RICHARD COUCH, (1990), Ed.D., Associate Professor, Education
Emporium State University, B.S.E.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, MS.,
Ed.D.
ANNE CREANY, (1991), D.Ed., Associate Professor, Education
St. Mary’s College, B.A.; Indiana University of Pennsylvania, M.Ed., D.Ed.
PETER L. DALBY, (1976), Ph.D., Professor, Biology
Genesee County Community College, Associate in Science; Michigan State University,
B.S.,M.S.,Ph.D.
RICHARD S. DELUCA, (1993), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Education, and Director, Center for
Educational Leadership
St. Vincent College, B.A.; Duquesne University, M.Ed.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
LARRY R. DENNIS, (1979), Ph.D., Professor, Chair, English
Harpur College, B.A.; University of Washington, M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D.
DONALD H. DININNY, (1965), Ph.D., Professor, Communication Sciences and Disorders
Clarion University, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; Ohio University, Ph.D.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

88

Directories

TERRI L. DUNKLE, (1971), M.A., Associate Professor, Special Education and Rehabilitative
Sciences
Clarion University, B.S.; University of New Mexico, M.A.
KATE H. EGGLETON, (1986), Ph.D., Professor, Biology
Iowa State University, B.S.,M.S.; University of Massachusetts, Amherst, Ph.D.
JEFFREY EICHER, (1983), J.D., Professor, Chair, Finance
Clarion University, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, J.D.; State of Pennsylvania, CPA.
JOHN G. EICHLIN, (1979), J.D., Associate Professor, Finance
Hiram College, B.A.; University of Akron School of Law, J.D.
ROGER A. ENGLE, (1967), MS., Associate Professor, Mathematics
Slippery Rock University, B.S.: University of Alaska, M.S.
JOHN J. ERNISSEE, (1983), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Anthropology, Geography, and Earth
Science
SUNY Oneonta, B.A.; University of South Carolina, M.S.,Ph.D.
SOGA EWEDEMI, (1988), Ph.D., Professor, Finance
Georgia State University, B.B.A.,M.B.A.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A.,Ph.D.
ALBERT R. EXTON, (1969), Ph.D., Professor, Physics
Carnegie-Mellon University, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
NANCYANN FALVO, (1988), M.S.N., Assistant Professor, Nursing, Director, Pittsburgh Program
Duquesne University, B.S.N.; LaRoche College, M.S.N.
CARL S. FARINACCI, (1983), J.D., CPA, Associate Professor, Accountancy
University of Akron, B.S.C.E.,J.D.; Kent State University, M.B.A.; Case Western Reserve
University, M.Acc.
CARMEN S. FELICETTI, (1970), Ed.D., Professor, Communication, Chair
California University, B.S.; Indiana University, M.S.,Ed.D.
LINDA FELICETTI, (1971), Ph.D., Professor, Marketing
Western College, B.A.; Indiana University, M.B.A.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
RAYMOND FEROZ, (1990), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Special Education and Rehabilitative
Sciences
Kent State University, B.A.; Boston University, M.Ed.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
CHRISTOPHER FERRY, (1991), D.A., Assistant Professor, English
LaSalle College, B.A.; Virginia Tech, M.A.; SUNY at Albany, D.A.
DARLYNN FINK, (1986), Ph.D., Professor, English
Clarion University, B.S.,M.A.; Indiana University of Pennsylvania, Ph.D.
BENJAMIN M. FREED, (1975), Ph.D., Professor, Chair, Mathematics
Marietta College, B.S.; Kent State University, M.A., Ph.D.
HENRY L. FUEG, (1968), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Communication
West Virginia Institute of Technology, B.S.; West Virginia University, M.A.; Indiana University,
Ph.D.
WILLIAM FULMER, (1976), M.B.A.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D., Professor, Administrative
Science
Westminster College, B.S.; Clarion University, M.B.A.
AHMAD F. M. GAMALUDDIN, (1970), Ph.D., Professor, Library Science
Cairo University, B.A.; Western Michigan University, M.S.L.S.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
BARBARA GARLAND, (1989), Ph.D., Professor, Marketing
SUNY at Binghamton, B.A.; University of Arizona, M.B.A., Ph.D.; Indiana University, Ph.D.
STEPHEN I. GENDLER, (1969), Ph.D., Professor, Mathematics
University of Pennsylvania, B.A.; Pennsylvania State University, M.A.,Ph.D.
PAMELA GENT, (1988), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences
Youngstown State University, B.S. in Ed.; Kent State, MEd., Ph.D.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Directories

89

KATHRYN GRAHAM, (1977), Ph.D., Professor, English
Salisbury State College, B.A.; Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, M.A.; Indiana
University, Ph.D.
GAIL GREJDA, (1988), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Education
Clarion University, B.S.,M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D.
BARBARA J. GRUGEL, (1993) Ed.D., Associate Professor, Education
Ohio State University, B.S.; Clarion University, M.Ed.; Indiana University of Pennsylvania,
Ed.D.
LOUIS E. GURECKA, (1978), M.A., Associate Professor, Special Education and Rehabilitative
Sciences
Clarion University, B.S.,M.S.; Duquesne University, M.A.
MARK E. HAGGERTY, (1989), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Economics
Rutgers College, B.A.; Lehigh University, M.S.; Washington State University, Ph.D.
STEVEN HARRIS, (1992), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Biology
Lock Haven University, B.A.; West Virginia University, M.S.; North Dakota State, Ph.D.
VICKIE D. HARRY, (1995), M.Ed., Assistant Professor, Education
Clarion University, B.S., M.Ed.
JOHN W. HEAD, (1973), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Library Science
University of Wisconsin, B.S.,M.S.,Ph.D.
R. DENNIS HETRICK, (1972), Ph.D., Professor, Chair, Communication Sciences and Disorders
Clarion University, B.S.; Purdue University, M.S.; Kent State University, Ph.D.
SUSAN HILTON, (1992) MS., Assistant Professor, Communication
Clarion University, B.S., M.S.
DAVID HIPFEL, (1992). Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Northwestern University, B.S.; Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, MS.; Rensselaer Polytechnic
Institute, Ph.D.
DAVID W. HOWES, (1986), Ph.D., Professor, Anthropology, Geography, and Earth Science
Michigan State University, B.A.,M.A.; University of Wisconsin-Milwaukee, Ph.D.
JOAN HUBER, (1991), Ph.D., Associate Professor, English
Duquesne University, B.A.; University of Pittsburgh, M.A.,Ph.D.
BRYAN HUWAR, (1977), Ph.D, Professor, Chair, Special Education and Rehabilitative Sciences
Slippery Rock University, B.S.; Temple University, M.Ed.; Kent State University, Ph.D.
EUNSOOK HYUN (1995), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Education
Duksung Women’s University, B.Ed., M.Ed.; Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D.
JUDITH JANES, (1988), M.Ed., Clinical Supervisor and Instructor, Communication Sciences and
Disorders
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S.; Clarion University, M.Ed.
JANIS JARECKI-LIU, (1988), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Communication Sciences and Disorders
Allegheny College, B.S.; Clarion University, M.S.; Kent State University, Ph.D.
WANDA JETKIEWICZ, (1973), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Bioiogy
University of Pittsburgh, B.S,Ph.D.
TONY JOHNS, (1992), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Administrative Science
Auburn University, B.M.E.; Auburn University, M.B.A.; Florida State University, Ph.D.
RASHELLE S. KARP, (1983), Ph.D., Professor, Library Science
University of Illinois, B.A.,M.L.S.; Florida State University, Ph.D.
MARY C. KAVOOSI, (1982), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Nursing
Northern Illinois University, B.S.N.; Edinboro University, M.S.N.; University of Pittsburgh,
Ph.D.
PAUL Y. KIM, (1978), Ph.D., Professor, Chair, Marketing
University of Minnesota, B.A.,M.S.,Ph.D.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

90

Directories

JAMES P. KROUSE, (1986), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Special Education and Rehabilitative
Sciences
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.,M.S.; University of Virginia, Ph.D.
SCOTT KUEHN, (1987), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Communication
Purdue University, B.A.; Northern Illinois University, M.A.; Pennsylvania State University, Ph.D.
ALLAN D. LARSON, (1971), Ph.D., Professor, Communication
St.Olaf College, B.A.; Michigan State University, M.A.; Ohio University, Ph.D.
RALPH M. LEARY, (1989), Ph.D., Associate Professor, English
Rocky Mountain College, B.A.; Rutgers University, M.A.,Ph.D.
KATHY LINNAN, (1991), M.A., Assistant Professor, Communication Sciences and Disorders
Clarion University, B.S.; Kent State University, M.A.
HERBERT W. LUTHIN, (1990) Ph.D., Assistant Professor, English
University of Montana, B.A.; University of California at Berkeley, M.A., Ph.D.
JAMES T. MACCAFERRI, (1991), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Chair, Library Science
The George Washington University, B.A.; University of California, Los Angeles,
M.L.S.,M.A.,Ph.D.
ELIZABETH J. MacDANIEL, (1990), Ph.D., Associate Professor, English
The Ohio State University, B.A.: Rice University, M.A.; The Ohio State University, Ph.D.
PATRICIA MARINI, (1973), M.A., Associate Professor, Communication
Mercyhurst College, B.A.; Wayne State University, M.A.
COLLEEN McALEER, (1982), Ph.D., Professor, Communication Sciences and Disorders
The Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; Clarion University, M.Ed.; Kent State University, Ph.D.
MARY P. MCCARTHY, (1994), MS., Instructor, Communication Sciences and Disorders
Clarion University of Pennsylvania, B.S., MS.
JOHN MCCULLOUGH, (1993), M.S., Instructor, Education
Clarion University, B.S., M.Ed.
WILLIAM C. MCGOWAN, (1982), Ph.D., Professor, Physics
Spring Hill College, B.S.; University of North Carolina, Ph.D.
SAUNDRA J. MCKEE, (1987) Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Education
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S.,M.Ed.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
MARY ANN MCLAUGHLIN, (1982) Ph.D., Associate Professor, Education
Butler University, B.A.,M.S.; Indiana University, Ph.D.
ROGER J. MCPHERSON, (1981), Ph.D., Professor, Biology
Limestone College, B.S.; University of North Carolina at Charlotte, M.S.; University of Alabama
in Birmingham, Ph.D.
KENNETH R. MECHLING, (1966), Ph.D., Professor, Biology, Science Education
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S.,M.Ed.; Michigan State University, Ph.D.
ANDREA MILLER, (1991), M.S.L.S., Instructor, Library Science
Clarion University, B.S.; Clarion University, M.A.; Clarion University, M.S.L.S.
TERRY MORROW, (1975), Ph.D., Professor, Chair, Biology
Grove City College, B.S.; Bowling Green State University, M.A.,Ph.D.
CHERYL NELSON-SOMERVILLE, (1989), M.A., Assistant Professor, Nursing, Pittsburgh
Program
Duquesne University, B.S.N., New York University, M.A.
HENRY W. NEWMAN, (1962), Ph.D., Associate Professor, English
Syracuse University, B.A.; University of Pennsylvania, M.A.; State University of New York at
Buffalo, Ph.D.
THOMAS W. OLIVER, (1992), Ph.D., Professor, Accountancy
Gettysburg College, A.B.; Shippensburg University, M.B.A.; University of Massachusetts, Ph.D.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Directories

91

MELANIE S. PARKER, (1994) EdD., Assistant Professor, Mathematics
Clarion State College, B.S.Ed., M.A.; University of Pittsburgh, Ed.D.
JAMES G. PESEK, (1980), Ph.D., Professor, Chair, Administrative Science
Bowling Green State University, B.S.,M.A.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
CHARLES J. PINENO, (1979) Ph.D., Professor, Chair, Accountancy
The Pennsylvania State University, B.S.; University of Scranton, M.B.A.; The Pennsylvania State
University, Ph.D.
ANTONIO L. QUE, (1985), Ph.D., Professor, Accountancy
University of the East, Philippines, B.B.A.; New York University, M.B.A.,Ph.D.; Philippines and
State of Virginia, CPA.
LEGENE QUESENBERRY, (1992), J.D., Associate Professor, Finance
Washington State University, B.A.; Gonzaga University School of Law, J.D.
ROD D. RAESHLER, (1992) Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Economics
University of Wisconsin-River Falls, B.A.; University of Nebraska, M.S.; University of Iowa,
Ph.D.
JOHN REED (1971), Ph.D., Professor, Administrative Science
University of North Carolina, B.A.; American University, M.A.,Ph.D.
JAMES J. REYNOLDS, (1991), D.Ed., Professor, Mathematics
Colgate University, A.B.; Penn State, M.A.,D.Ed.
J. IVAN RHODE, (1982) Ph.D., Associate Professor, Physics
Purdue University, B.S.,Ph.D.
SALLY J. RINGLAND (1967), MS., Associate Professor, Mathematics
Purdue University, B.S.,M.S.
MARTHA M. RITTER, (1988) Ed.D., Professor, Biology
Ball State University, B.S.,M.S.,Ed.D.
GLENN W. ROCK, (1986), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Mathematics
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.A.; West Virginia University, M.S.; Kansas State
University, Ph.D.
WILLIAM N. ROSS, (1972), Ph.D., Professor, Economics
University of Missouri, B.S.,M.S.; Kansas State University, Ph.D.
RICHARD SABOUSKY, (1992) Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Special Education and Rehabilitative
Sciences
Clarion University, B.S.; Clarion University, M.S.; Kent State University, Ph.D.
WILLIAM SANDERS, (1981) Ph.D., Professor, Economics
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.A.; Long Island University, M.C.,M.A.; Pennsylvania
State University, Ph.D.
DEBORAH A. SARBIN, (1994), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, English
University of Pittsburgh, B.A.; University of Wisconsin-Madison, M.A., Ph.D.
HALLIE E. SAVAGE, (1992), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Communication Sciences and Disorders
Baldwin-Wallace College, B.S.; Cleveland State University, M.A.; Kent State University, Ph.D.
NANCY E. SAYRE, (1986), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Education
Eastern Michigan University, B.S.; Slippery Rock University, M.Ed.; University of Pittsburgh,
Ph.D.
DANIEL SCHAAL, (1994), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Mathematics
South Dakota State University, B.S., M.S.; University of Idaho, Ph.D.
C. DARREL SHERAW, (1978), Ph.D., Professor, English
Clarion University, B.S.; Ohio University, M.A.,Ph.D.
STEPHEN J. SHULIK, (1989), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Anthropology, Geography, and Earth
Science, Planetarium Director
Duquesne University, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.S.,Ph.D.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

92

Directories

RONALD C. SHUMAKER, (1964), Ph.D., Professor, English
Clarion University, B.S.; Purdue University, M.A.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
DILNAWAZ A. SIDDIQUI, (1984), Ph.D., Professor, Communication
Aligarh Muslim University, B.A.,M.A.; University of London (U.K), Post-grad Dip.Ed.; Syracuse
University, Ph.D.
DOUGLAS SMITH, (1992) Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Biology
Saint Vincent College, B.S.; Shippensburg University, M.S.; Penn State University, Ph.D.
JOHN W. R. SMITH, (1977), Ph.D., Professor, Education
University of Texas, B.B.A.,M.B.A.; Texas Women’s University, Ph.D.
KAREN SMITH, (1992), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, English
Smith College, B.A.; University of Michigan, M.A., Ph.D.
KATHLEEN A. SMITH, (1973), Ph.D., Professor, Education
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.S.; Clarion University, M.Ed.,M.S.; Pennsylvania State
University, Ph.D.
LYNN A. SMITH, (1989), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Economics
University of Pittsburgh-Johnstown, B.A.; West Virginia University, M.A.; University of
Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
SOONG NARK SOHNG, (1981), Ph.D., Professor, Economics
Seoul National University, B.A.: Wayne State University, M.A.,Ph.D.
SYLVIA STALKER, (1985) Ph.D., Professor, Education
Keuka College, B.A.; Stephen F. Austin State University, M.Ed.; Indiana University, Ph.D.
KEVIN M. STEMMLER, (1990), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, English
Indiana University of Pennsylvania, B.A., M.A.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
WILLIAM STINE, (1981), Ph.D., Professor, Economics
University of New Haven, B.B.A.; Baruch College, M.B.A.; Fordham University, Ph.D.
THOMAS J. STUHLDREHER, (1985), DBA, Professor, Finance
Borromeo College, B.A.; University of Notre Dame, M.A.; Kent State University, M.B.A.,D.B.A.
DAVIE TATE, JR., (1987), Ph.D., Professor, Education
Community College of the Air Force, A.A.S.; Ohio University, B.S.; The Ohio State University,
M.A.,Ph.D.; Northern Kentucky University, J.D.
PHILIP TERMAN, (1991), Ph.D., Associate Professor, English
Ohio University, B.A., M.A.; Ohio State University, Ph.D.
KENNETH TRAYNOR, (1976), Ph.D., Professor, Marketing
Montclair State College, B.A.; The University of Connecticut, M.A.,Ph.D.
LISA I? TURNER, (1995), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Special Education and Rehabilitative
Sciences
University of Tennessee, B.S., MS.; Kent State University, Ph.D.
MARGUERITE H. VANLANDINGHAM, (1981), Ph.D., Professor, Finance
University of Florida, B.A.,Ph.D.
BERNARD F. VAVREK, (1971), Ph.D., Professor, Library Science; Director, Center for the
of Rural Librarianship
California University, B.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.L.S.,Ph.D.

Study

FRANK VENTO, (1986), Ph.D., Professor, Anthropology, Geography, and Earth Science
Community College of Allegheny County, A.S.; University of Pittsburgh, M.S.,M.S.,Ph.D.
JAMES E. WALKER, (1989), Ph.D., Associate Professor, Education
St. Pius X Seminary College, B.A.; Newark State College, M.A.; Syracuse University, Ph.D.
JOANNE WASHINGTON, (1987), M.Ed., Associate Professor, Communication
Indiana University-Bloomington, B.A.; Trenton State College, M.Ed.
CHARLES E. WILLIAMS, (1992), Ph.D., Assistant Professor, Biology
Drew University, B.A.; Rutgers University, MS.; Virginia Tech, Ph.D.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Directories

93

DONALD A. WILSON, (1969), Ph.D., Professor, English
Niagara University, B.A.; State University of New York at Buffalo, M.A.,Ph.D.
TIMOTHY WILSON, (1987), Ph.D., Professor, Marketing
Carnegie Mellon, B.S.,M.S.,Ph.D.; Case-Western, M.B.A.,Ph.D.
THOMAS V. WIMER, (1968), M.S., Associate Professor, Mathematics
University of Pittsburgh, B.S.,M.S.
GEORGE F. WOLLASTON, (1961), Ph.D., Professor, Chemistry
Clarion University, B.S.; Pennsylvania State University, M.Ed.; University of Pittsburgh, Ph.D.
GEORGE Q. XU, (1990), Ph.D., Associate Professor, English
East China Teachers’ University, B.A.; Shanghai International Studies University, M.A.; Indiana
University of Pennsylvania, Ph.D.
CHIN-WE1 YANG, (1981), Ph.D., Professor, Economics
College of Chinese Culture, B.A.; Northwest Missouri State University, M.B.A.; West Virginia
University, M.A.,Ph.D.
WOODROW W. YEANEY, (1975), Ph.D., Director, Small Business Development Center,
Entrepreneurial Development Center, Entrepreneurial Technology Center, Small Business Institute,
and Industrial Resource Center
Pennsylvania State University, B.S.,M.B.A.,Ph.D.
EDWARD ZIELINSKI, (1987), Ph.D., Professor, Biology, Science Education
University of Texas at Austin, B.S.,M.A.,Ph.D.

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

Index
Academic Affairs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Accountancy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Professional Course of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Accounting, Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Accreditation. . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .iii
Administrative Staff . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Admission (also see individual programs) . . . . . . . . . 4
Courtesy/Transient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Eligibility . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
International Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Non-Degree Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Provisional . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Regular Full . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Advisement (also see individual programs) . . . . . . . . 9
Application Fee . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Assistantships (also see individual programs) . . . . . 11
Auditing Courses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Automobiles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Advisement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19
Department of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Master of Science in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Programs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Requirements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 16
Board of Governors. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
College of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Master of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Calendar Academic . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . vi
Career Services. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Certificate of Advanced Studies. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Certification
Environmental Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Reading Specialist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .44
School Library Media . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Clarion Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
Master of Science in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
Communication Sciences and Disorders . . . . . . . . . 36
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Master of Science in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Comprehensive Examinations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Computing Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Cooperative Doctoral Program . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Council of Trustees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 85
Credit, Transfer Of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Degree Completion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Degrees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Master of Arts in English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Master of Business Administration . . . . . . . . . 23
Master of Education in Elementary
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Master of Education in Mathematics . . . . . . . . 61
Master of Education in Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Master of Education in
Science Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Master of Science in Biology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Master of Science in Communication . . . . . . . . 31
Master of Science in Communication
Sciences and Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
Master of Science in Library Science . . . . . . . . 52
Master of Science in Nursing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Master of Science in Special Education . . . . . . 78
Dining Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Directories . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .85

Doctoral Program, Cooperative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Economics, Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
College of Education and
Human Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45
Elementary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 42
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Employment (see Career Services)
English . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 49
Master of Arts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 48
Enrollment, Courtesy/Transient . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Environmental Education Certification . . . . . . . . . . 73
Externships . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
Faculty, Graduate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Finance, Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Financial Aid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Full-Time Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Grading System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Graduate Management Admissions
Test (GMAT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Graduate Record Examination . . . . . . . . . . 4, 15, 37, 48
Health Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
History, University . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Housing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13
In Progress Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Incomplete Grades . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Insurance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
International Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Internships (see individual programs)
Library . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 57
Master of Science in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
Media Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Loans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Management, Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
Marketing, Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
Master of Business Administration . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Liberal Arts Pre-professional Option . . . . . . . . 25
Professional Accountancy
Course of Study . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
Master of Science
in Biology. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
in Communication . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
in Communication Sciences and
Disorders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 36
in Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 52
in Nursing . . . . .. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
in Special Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Mathematics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
Master of Education in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
Media Certificate, Library Science . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Miller Analogies Test . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Non-Degree Students . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Non-Resident Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Nursing
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
Master of Science in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 64
Parking . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Placement (also see individual programs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 14
Policies and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Pymatuning Laboratory of Ecology . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
QualityPoint Average (also see individual
programs for requirements) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Reading . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 45

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.

95

Index

M.Ed. in . ., . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 43
Specialist Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44
Refunds . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 11
Rehabilitative Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78
Requirements
Admission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4
Degree (see individual programs)
Research . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9
Residency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Resident Fees . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Responsibility, Student . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Rural Librarianship, Center for the Study of . . . . . . 55
School Library Media Certificate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 54
Science Education . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Cooperative Doctoral program . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 74
Environmental Education Certification . . . . . . . 73
Master of Education in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Special Education and Rehabilitative
Sciences . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 78

Courses in . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
Special Certification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 81
Student Affairs, Office of . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Students
International . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Full-Time Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8
Non-Degree . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
Non-Resident . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Resident . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10
Test of English as a Foreign Language
(TOEFL),. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6
Thesis (also see individual program) . . . . . . . . . . 9, 10
Transcripts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 4, 10
Transfer Credit (also see individual
programs) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Venango Campus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2
Veterans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12
Withdrawals . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 8

Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.
Copyright & Disclaimer Information: Copyright © 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002, 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007. CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. CollegeSource® digital catalogs are derivative works owned and copyrighted by CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation. Catalog content is owned and copyrighted by the appropriate school. While CollegeSource®, Inc. and Career Guidance Foundation provides information as a service to the public, copyright is retained on all digital catalogs.